BULLETIN No. 14 


PVM UST RIAL CODE 


R@EES 


att 


Construction, Installation, Inspection 


and Maintenance of Steam Boilers 


STATE OF NEW YORK 


DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 


STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION 


ALBANY 
NEW YORK OFFICE, 230 FIFTH AVENUE 


BUREAU OF INDUSTRIAL CODE 
230 Fifth Avenue, New York City 


RULES 
Relating to the Construction, Installation, Inspection and 
Maintenance of Steam Boilers in Factories, Mines, 


Tunnels and Quarries. 


The rules contained in this Bulletin were adopted by the State 
Industrial Commission in accordance with the requirements of 
Sections 5l-a and 52 of the Labor Law. Rules 800-821 and 
Paragraphs 378-409 became effective July 1, 1917. Paragraphs 
1-377 and 410-430 become effective January 1, 1918. 


BOILER CODE 


State INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION 


is Rules for the construction, installation, inspection and mainte- 
nance of steam boilers as provided in sections 91 and 124 of the Labor 
Law. 

Section 91. Bowler inspection. The commissioner of labor shall 
eause to be inspected all boilers used for generating steam or heat 
be for factory purposes which carry a steam pressure of ten pounds 

> or more to the square inch, except where @ certificate is filed with 
such commissioner, or shall have been heretofore filed with the 
state fire marshal under the provisions of former section three 
n' hundred anf fifty-seven of the insurance law, by a duly authorized 
ansurance company, in conformity with the rules or regulations 

OW of the officer with whom such certificate shall have been filed, and 
; certifying that upon such inspection such boilers have been found 
yp to be in a safe condition. Every such insurance company shall 


we 
\ 


report to the commissioner all boilers insured by them coming 

_ within the provisions of this section including those rejected, together 

‘ with the reason therefor. A fee of fe dollars shall be charged the 

i S owner or lessee of each boiler inspected by the inspector of the 
wy SJ department of labor, but not more than the sum of ten dollars shall 
o> be collected for the inspection of any one boiler for any year. Such 
f~ fee shall be payable within thirty days from the date of such inspec- 
tion. If a certificate of inspection, heretofore filed in the office 

_ of the state fire marshal, or hereafter filed an the office of the com- 
missioner of labor shows a boiler to be in need of repairs or in an 
unsafe or dangerous condition, the commissioner of labor shall 
order such repairs to be made to such boiler as in his gudgment 
may be necessary and he shall order the use of such boiler discon- 
tinued until such repairs are made or such dangerous and unsafe 
conditions remedied. Such order shall be served upon the owner 
or lessee of the boiler, personally or by mail, and any owner or 
lessee fatling to comply with such order within a time to be specified 
therein, which shall be not less than ten days from the service of 
the order if served personally and not less than fifteen days from 
the mailing thereof af served by mail, shall be liable to a penalty 
of fifty dollars for each day’s neglect thereafter. Every owner or 
lessee of any such boiler who shall use or allow a boiler to be used 
by any one in his employ after receiving notice that such botler 
is in an unsafe or dangerous condition shall be subject to a penalty 
of not to exceed five dollars for each day on which such boiler 7s 
used after the recerpt of such notice. Owners and lessees of bovlers 
shall attach to such boilers the numbers assigned by the commas- 


“} 


sioner of labor, under a penalty of five dollars for each day’s failure 
so to do after such numbers have been assigned. 

The provisions of this section shall not apply to cities in which 
boilers are regularly inspected by competent inspectors acting under 
the authority of local laws or ordinances. 

§ 124. Inspection of steam boilers and apparatus; steam, air 
and water gauges. All boilers used in generating steam for mining 
or tunneling purposes shall be kept in good order, and the 
owner, agent, manager or lessee of such mine or tunnel shall have 
such boilers inspected by a competent person, approved by the 
commissioner of labor, once in six months, and shall file a certificate 
showing the result thereof in the mine or tunnel office and a duplicate 
thereof in the office of the commissioner of labor. * * * Each 
boiler or battery of boilers used in mining or tunneling for gener- 
ating steam, shall be provided with a proper safety valve and with 
steam and water gauges, to show respectively, the pressure of steam 
and the height of water in the boilers. Every boiler-house in which 
a boiler or nest of boilers is placed, shall be provided with steam 
gauge properly connected with the boilers, and another steam 
gauge shall be attached to the steam pipe in the engine-house, and 
so placed that the engineer or fireman can readily ascertain the 
pressure carried. 


INSPECTION OF STEAM BOILERS 


Rule 800. All boilers used for generating steam or heat for fac- 
tory purposes, shall be subject to a regular internal and external 
inspection each year, and all boilers used for generating steam or 
heat for mining, tunneling and quarrying purposes, shall be inspected 
externally at least once in six months and subject to a regular internal 
inspection each year. 


Rule 801. Whoever owns, uses or causes to be used a portable 
boiler subject to inspection, as provided in sections 91 and 124 of 
the Labor Law, shall report the location of such boilers to the Indus- 
trial Commission on January first, or within thirty days thereafter, 
of each year. 


Rule 802. The owner or user of a boiler or boilers herein required 
to be inspected shall, after fifteen days notice, prepare the boiler 
for internal inspection, or hydrostatic pressure test, if necessary. 
To prepare a boiler for internal inspection, the water shall be drawn 
off and the boiler thoroughly washed. All manhole and handhole 
covers, and washout plugs in boilers and water column connection 
shall be removed, and the furnace and combustion chambers thor- 
oughly cooled and cleaned. Enough of the brick work shall be 
removed to determine the condition of the boiler, furnace or other 
parts, at each annual inspection, if necessary. The steam gauge 
shall be removed for testing. 


5 


Rule 803. If it is found that steam or hot water is leaking into the 
boiler, the source of such leakage shall be disconnected and so drained 
as to cut out such steam or hot water from the boiler to be inspected. 


Rule 804. If the boiler is jacketed so that the longitudinal seams 
of shells, drums or domes, cannot be seen, and if it cannot otherwise 
be determined, enough of the jacketing, setting wall or other cover- 
ing shall be removed so that the size and pitch of the rivets and 
such other data as may be necessary can be determined at first data 
inspection. 


Rule 805. In preparing a boiler for hydrostatic test, the boiler 
shall be filled to the stop valve. If boiler to be tested is connected 
with other boilers, that are under steam pressure, such connections 
shall be blanked off unless there be double stop valves on all con- 
necting pipes, with an open drain between. 


INSPECTION BY INSURANCE COMPANY 


Rule 806. All boilers subject to periodic inspection by duly 
authorized insurance companies shall be exempt from regular annual 
inspection by the Industrial Commission on the following conditions: 


a.The insurance companies’ regulations shall conform with these 
Rules. 


-b. The insurance companies’ inspectors who inspect boilers oper- 
ated in this state shall hold certificates of competency issued 
by the Industrial Commission, as hereinafter provided. 


c. Reports of all inspections shall conform to the requirements, 
and shall be made upon forms approved by the Commission. 


d. A copy of all internal and external inspection reports shall be 
filed with the Commission within twenty-one days after the 
inspection is made. 


e. Insurance companies, whose inspectors hold certificates of com- 
petency, shall immediately report to this Commission the 
name of the owner or user, and the location of every boiler 
on which insurance has been refused, cancelled or discon- 
tinued because of existing dangerous defects and shall within 
a reasonable time report all other refusals, cancellations or 
discontinuances. 


CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY 


Rule 807. Certificates of competency and commissions as inspec- 
tors of steam boilers shall be issued to persons in the employ of duly 
authorized boiler insurance companies who pass a written examina- 
tion as to their knowledge of the construction, installation, main- 
tenance and repair of steam boilers and their appurtenances, 


6 


Provided, however, that a person holding a certificate of com- 
petency as an inspector of steam boilers for a state that has a standard 
of examination equal to the standard set by the Industrial Com- 
mission of the State of New York, shall, upon written request of a 
duly authorized boiler insurance company, by whom such person 
is employed, be granted a certificate of competency and a commis- 
sion as an inspector of steam boilers for the State of New York 
without further examination. The commission shall be retained by 
the insurance company and shall be immediately returned to the 
Industrial Commission when the inspector ceases to be employed 
by the said company. Inspectors’ certificate shall be issued by the 
Industrial Commission upon recommendation of an examining board 
appointed by the Industrial Commission, composed of one repre- 
sentative of each of the following interests: a representative of boiler 
manufacturers, the duly authorized boiler insurance companies, the 
operating engineers, the Boiler Inspection Division of the Industrial 
Commission, and such others as the Industrial Commission may 
designate. 


Rule 808. An applicant who fails to pass an examination shall 
not be granted a new examination until after the expiration of ninety 
days. 


GENERAL 


Rule 809. A certificate of inspection upon the form approved 
by the Industrial Commission shall be issued and shall be con- 
spicuously posted under glass in the engine or boiler room. 


Rule 810. In case a defect affecting the safety of a steam boiler 
is discovered, the owner or user of the boiler shall immediately dis- 
continue the boiler from service and notify the Industrial Commis- 
sion. An inspection shall be made and a certificate of inspection 
tssued before the boiler is again placed in service. 


Rule 811. Any boiler in this state at the time these rules take 
effect, if hereafter installed, may be operated after a thorough interna! 
and external inspection and a hydrostatic pressure test and a cer- 
tificate issued. The maximum allowable working pressure on such 
boiler shall be determined as provided in Par. 378, Rule 850. 


Rule 812. No boiler shall be operated at a pressure in excess of 
the safe working pressure allowed by the annual inspection certificate, 
which pressure is to be ascertained by means of these rules. 


Rule 813. No person shall remove or tamper with any safety 
appliance prescribed by these rules, and no person shall in any man- 
ner load the safety valve to greater pressure than that allowed by 
the certificate of inspection. 


Rule 814. If there are valves in the connections between water 
column and boiler, at least one steam gage shall be connected directly 


7 


ee + eae space of boiler, with but one cock between said gage and 
oiler. 


Rule 815. The discharge of safety valves, blow-off pipes, or other 
outlets, shall be so located that there will be no danger from scalding. 


Rule 816. Safety valves, try cocks, water column and water 
blow-offs on boilers, operated at a pressure of more than fifteen (15) 
pounds to the square inch, shall be tested daily when the boiler 
is In operation. 


Rule 817. All patches on a boiler shell or drum, which exceed 
twenty-four inches in length, measured on a line parallel to the 
longitudinal seam, and between the center lines of the extreme 
rivet holes, shall be calculated for safe working pressure from said 
patch seam, the efficiency of which shall be determined in the usual 
manner. ‘The efficiency of the patch seam may then be increased 
by multiplying said efficiency by a factor which is determined by 
the angularity of the inclined patch seam to the girth seam, according 
to the following table: ) 


Angle Factor Angle Factor 
ORS To i aC Te DIP pou degnces oul teks, ok Se 1.20 
5) Rane iar teagan sate 1;42.---55 pad ts as FS ee 1.15 
40 <A eee ee ae 1.34 60 ok whale Manik nam Hage elke 1405 
45 SR te ly 1.27... 65 Cad SEI lag a ed 1.08 


Rule 818. A table of areas of grate surfaces, in square feet for 
other than direct spring-loaded safety valves, follows: 


Maximum Pressure Allowed Per Zero to 


Over 25 to Over 50 to 
Square Inch on the Boiler 25 Lbs. 50 


Lbs. 100 Lbs. 


Diameter of Valve, | Area of Valve, in Area of Grate, in Square Feet 


in Inches _ Square Inches 

1 . 7854 TSO hay Ga: 2.00 
1} 152272 2.25 2.50 3.00 
14 1.7671 3.00 Sco) 4.00 
2 3.1416 5.50 6.50 7320 
24 4.9087 8.25 10.00 11.00 
3 7.0686 11.75 14.25 16 

34 9.6211 16.00 19.50 21.75 
4 12.5660 21.00 25.50 28.25 
43 15.9040 26.75 32.50 36.00 
5 19.6350 32.75 40.00 44.00 


8 


Rule 819. A table of areas of grate surfaces, in square feet, for 
direct spring-loaded safety valves, follows: 


me 100 160 160 200 240 
~ 3600!  3600| #3600| #3600] #3600] 3600 
ware 65 | P= 115'| P= 140)| P=190)| a0 


Maximum Pressure Zero Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 | Over 150 Over 
allowed per Square to 25 to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 200 
Inch on the Boiler Pounds-| Pounds Pounds Pounds: Pounds Pounds 
Diameter Area of 
of Valve, Valve, in Area of Grate, in Square Feet 
in Inches Square 

Inches 
1 . 7854 2.00 2.50 TA 5 BRP 3.5 Sit 
13 12272 Beep 4.00 4.25 5.00 5.5 5. 6p 
14 1.7671 4.50 aeo0 6.00 Thee as: 8.0 8.50 
2 3.1416 8.00 9.75 10.75 13.00 14.0 15.00 
24 4.9087 12.50 15.00 16.50 20.00 22.0 23.00 
3 7.0686 17.75 2150 24.00 29.00 Sh le 33.25 
34 9.6211 24.00 29.50 32.50 39.50 43.0 4S 25 
4 12.5660 3150 38.25 42.50 51.50 |. 56.0 59.00 
44 15.9040 40.00 48 .50 53.50 65.00 71.0 74.25 
5 19.6350 49.00 60.00 66.00 80.00 88.0 92.25 


Rule 820. When the conditions exceed those on which the table 
(Rule 819) is based, the following formula shall be used: 


W 70 
A=——X ll. 
io 


A = Area of direct spring-loaded safety-valve in square inches per 
square foot of grate surface. 


W = Weight of water in pounds evaporated per square foot of 
grate surface per second. 


P — Pressure (absolute) at which the safety valve is set to blow. 


If more than one safety valve is used, the minimum combined 
area shall be in accordance with the table. 


Rule 821. All boilers condemned after an inspection by the Chief 
Engineer in charge of boiler inspection, shall be discontinued from 
service. Such boilers shall have distinctly stamped thereon 

CONDEMNED 
N. Y. State I. C. 
in a location as specified in Par. 333 of Rule 850. 


NEW INSTALLATIONS 


PART 1—SECTION 1 
Power BoILEerRs 


Paragraphs 1 to 377 inclusive and paragraphs 410 to 430 inclusive, 
become effective January 1, 1918. 


RULE 850 


SELECTION OF MATERIALS 


1 Specifications are given in these Rules for the important ma- 
terials used in the construction of boilers, and where given, the ma- 
terials shall conform thereto. 


2% Steel plates for any part of a boiler when exposed to the fire 
or products of combustion, and under pressure, shall be of firebox 
quality as designated in the Specifications for Boiler Plate Steel. 


3 Steel plates for any part of a boiler, where firebox quality is 
not specified, when under pressure, shall be of firebox or flange quality 
as designated in the Specifications for Boiler Plate Steel. 


4. Braces when welded, shall be of wrought-iron of the quality 
designated in the Specifications for Refined Wrought-Iron Bars. 


5 Manhole and handhole covers and other parts subjected to pres- 
sure and braces and lugs, when made of steel plate, shall be of firebox 
or flange quality as designated in the Specifications for Boiler Plate 
Steel. . 


6 Steel bars for braces and for other boiler parts, except as other- 
wise specified herein, shall be of the quality designated in the Specifi- 
cations for Steel Bars. 


7 Staybolts shall be of iron or steel of the quality designated in 
the Specifications for Staybolt Iron or in the Specifications for Stay- 
bolt Steel. 


10 


8 Rivets shall be of steel or iron of the quality designated in the 
Specifications for Boiler Rivet Steel or in the Specifications for Boiler 
Rivet Iron. 


9 Cross pipes connecting the steam and water drums of water- 
tube boilers, headers and cross boxes and all pressure parts of the boiler 
proper over 2-in. pipe size, or equivalent cross-sectional area, shall be 
of wrought steel, or cast steel of Class B grade, as designated in the 
Specifications for Steel Castings, when the maximum allowable work- 
ing pressure exceeds 160 lb. per sq. in. 


10 Mud drums of boilers used for other than heating purposes 
shall be of wrought steel, or cast steel of Class B grade, as designated 
in the Specifications for Steel Castings. 


11 Pressure parts of superheaters, separately fired or attached to 
stationary boilers, unless of the locomotive type, shall be of wrought 
steel, or cast steel of ‘Class B grade, as designated in the Specifications 
for Steel Castings. 


12 Cast iron shall not be used for nozzles or flanges attached 
directly to the boiler at any pressure or temperature. Cast iron 
shall not be used for boiler and superheater mountings such as con- 
necting pipes, fittings, valves and their bonnets, for steam tem- 
peratures of over 450 deg. fahr. 

13 Water-leg and door-frame rings of vertical fire-tube boilers, 
and of locomotive and other type boilers, shall be of wrought iron or 
steel, or cast steel of Class A or Class B grade, as designated in 
the Specifications for Steel Castings. The OG or other flanged con- 
struction may be used as a substitute in any case. 


ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF MATERIAL USED IN CoMPUTING JOINTS 


14 Tensile Strength of Steel Plate. The tensile strength used 
in the computations for steel plates shall be that stamped on the plates 
as herein provided, which is the minimum of the stipulated range, or 
55,000 lbs. per sq. in. for all steel plates, except for special grades 
having a lower tensile strength. 


15 Crushing Strength of Steel Plate. ‘The resistance to crush- 
ing of steel plate shall be taken at 95,000 Ib. per sq. in. of cross-sec- 
tional area. 


16 Strength of Rivets in Shear. In computing the ultimate 


11 


strength of rivets in shear, the following values in pounds per square 
inch of the cross-sectional area of the rivet shank shall be used: 


MEMBER CV esraIE SUUCIC SCAT Cele ha fc SE Se Cees asledis ne sc cedececu rte, 38,000 
PemmereVore MA COUGIC BHEAP. tc ceu kee edn co feet out ete Cine tee oe 76,000 
SSS TE RY Ea 44,000 
pemerameretmedouble shear. 25 6.256'5 whieh wands uccerend « led Uke iuhee 88,000 


The cross-sectional area used in the computations shall be that of 
the rivet shank after driving. 


MINIMUM THICKNESSES OF PLATES AND TUBES 


1% Thickness of Plates. The minimum thickness of any boiler 
plate under pressure shall be 14 in. 

18 The minimum thicknesses of shell plates, and dome plates 
after flanging, shall be as follows: 


WHEN THE DIAMETER OF SHELL IS 


36 In. or Under Over 36 In. to 54 In. Over 54 In. to 72 In. Over 72 In. 
Y% in. fs in. 36 in. % in. 


19, The minimum thickness of butt straps shall be as given in 
Table 1. Intermediate valves shall be determined by interpolation. 
or plate thickness exceeding 1} in., the thickness of the butt straps 
shall be not less than $ of the thickness of the plate. 


TABLE 1 MINIMUM THICKNESSES OF BUTT STRAPS 


Thickness of Minimum Thickness Thickness of Minimum Thickness 

Shell Plates, of Butt Straps, Shell Plates, of Butt Straps, 
In. In, In. In. 
4 4 7 we 
tr MY ts is 
vs 4 5% % 
# M4 34 % 
% ie % 5% 
el ts 1 34 
Ye 3% 1% 34 
# % 1% % 
% ve 


20 The minimum thicknesses of tube sheets for horizontal return 
tubular boilers, shall be as follows: 


WHEN THE DIAMETER OF TUBE SHEET IS 


42 In. or Under Over 42 In. t6 54 In. Over 54 In. to 72 In. Over 72 In. 
34 in. vs in. ¥% in. fs in. 


12 


21 Tubes for Water-Tube Boilers. The minimum thicknesses 
of tubes used in water-tube boilers measured by Birmingham wire 
gage, for maximum allowable working pressures not exceeding 165 Ib. 
per sq. in., shall be as follows: 


Diameters Wess than3 “thao: RST Se Pee ieee ll eee No. 12 B.W.G. 


Diameter 3 in. or over, but less than 4 in..................-. No. 11 B.W.G. 
Diameter 4 in. or over, but less than 5 in.................... No. 10 B.W.G. 
Diameter. Dini > Tiree trie. Dal, A, citer Met ee ards No. 9 B.W.G. 


The above thicknesses shall be increased for maximum allowable 
working pressures higher than 165 Ib. per sq. in. as follows: 


Over'165 Ib. but not exceeding: 235bi ... 6.7 .$.45 23 ees ae ee 1 page 
Over..235,1b. but not exceeding 285/Ib.. ....s. -- <> v= ase se * > es ee 2 gages 
Over. 285 1b. but mot exceeding 400 Th... 0. tc Ge a ees os 3 oe ee 3 gages 


Tubes over 4-in. diameter shall not be used for maximum allowable 
working pressures above 285 lb. per sq. in. 


22 Tubes for Fire-Tube Boilers. The minimum thicknesses of 
tubes used in fire tube boilers measured by Birmingham wire gage, for 
maximum allowable working pressures not exceeding 175 Ib. per sq. 
in., shall be as follows: 


Diameters less than’ 246 in.2 . oy ONS. te ope te broek ole he No. 13 B.W.G. 
Diameter 214 in. or over, but less than 344 in................ No. 12 B.W.G. 
Diameter 314 in. or over, but less than 4 in.................. No. 11 B.W.G. 
Diameter 4 in. or over, but less than 5 in.................. No. 10 B.W.G. 
Diameteryb ))in.'.:3.. 3 254 xen eee eR ee RPE rere ee ee No. 9 B.W.G. 


For higher maximum allowable working pressures than given above 
the thicknesses shall be increased one gage. 


15 
SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOILER PLATE STEEL 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS! ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE OF THE AMER- 
ICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIGNATION A 30-14. 


23 Grades. These specifications cover two grades of steel for 
boilers, namely: FLANGE and FIREBOX. 


I MANUFACTURE 
%4 Process. ‘The steel shall be made by the open-hearth process. 
II CHeEmicaL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


25 Chemical Composition. The steel shall conform to the fol- 
lowing requirements as to chemical composition: 


FLANGE FIREBOX 
Cat DOM ew a ct see seis fol Ne ah altte Kise Plates 34 in. thick and under. .0.12—0.25 per cent 
, Plates over 34 in. thick........ 0.12—0.30 per cent 
Manganese’ ii... 5 << s waekes 0.830—0.60 per. cent 0.30—0.50 per cent 
idly wivak Acid. ...e... Notover 0.05 percent — Not over 0.04 per cent 
BSIC)cot:s ce. Not over 0.04 per cent Not over 0.035 per cent 
SUlGIUr Mott sos See or ee Not over 0.05 per cent Not over 0.04 per cent 


26 Ladle Analyses. An analysis shall be made by the manu- 
facturer from a test ingot taken during the pouring of each melt, a 
copy of which shall be given to the purchaser or his representative. 
This analysis shall conform to the requirements specified in Par. 25. 


2% Check Analyses. Analyses may be made by the purchaser 
trom a broken tension test specimen representing each plate as rolled, 
which shall conform to the requirements specified in Par. 25. 


*Approved and recommended in its modified form, October 9, 1914, by the 
Association of American Steel Manufacturers, the American Boiler Manu- 
facturers’ Association, the National Tubular Boiler Manufacturers’ Associa- 
tion, the National Association of Thresher Manufacturers and the representa- 
tives present of leading Water Tube Boiler Manufacturers, with whom the 
Boiler Code Committee was in conference on September 16, 1914, and by whom 
further modifications were afterwards offered, 


14 
III Puystcat PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


28 Tension Tests. a The material shall Seat to the follow- 
ing requirements as to tensile properties : 


FLANGE FIREBOX 
Tensile strength, lb. per sq. in.......0....4. 55,000—65,000 55,000—63,000 
Yield point, min., lb. per sq. in........... 0.5 tens. str. 0.5 tens. str. 
Elongation in 8-in., min., per cent (See Par. 29) a = lS 

Tens. str. Tens. str. 


b If desired steel of lower tensile strength than the above may be 
used in an entire boiler, or part thereof, the desired tensile limits to 
be specified, having a range of 10,000 lb. per sq. in. for flange or 8000 
lb. per sq. in. for firebox, the steel to conform in all respects to the 
other corresponding requirements herein specified, and to be stamped 
with the minimum tensile strength of the stipulated range. ; 

c The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam 
of the testing machine. 


29 Modifications in Elongation. a For material over 34 in. in 
thickness, a deduction of 0.5 from the percentages of elongation 
specified in Par. 28a, shall be made for each increase of 1g in. in 
thickness above 84 in., to a minimum of 20 per cent. 


6 or material 14 in. or under in thickness, the elongation shall 
be measured on a gage length of 24 times the thickness of the specimen. 

30 Bend Tests. a Cold-bend Tests—The test specimen shall 
bend cold through 180 deg. without cracking on the outside of the 
bent portion, as follows: For material 1 in. or under in thickness, flat 
on itself; and for material over 1 in. in thickness, around a pin the 
diameter of which is equal to the thickness of the specimen. 


b Quench-bend Tests—The test specimen, when heated to a light 
cherry red as seen in the dark (not less than 1200 deg. fahr.), and 
quenched at once in water the temperature of which is between 80 deg. 
and 90 deg. fahr., shall bend through 180 deg. without cracking on the 
outside of the bent portion, as follows: For material 1 in. or under in 
thickness, flat on itself; and for material over 1 in. in thickness, 
around a pin the cei of which is sane to the thickness of the 
specimen. 


31 Homogeneity Tests. For firebox steel, a sample taken from 
a broken tension test specimen shall not show any single seam or 
cavity more than 14 in. long, in either of the three fractures obtained 
in the test for homogeneity, which shall be made as follows: 


15 


The specimen shall be either nicked with a chisel or grooved on 
a machine, transversely, about 1/16 in. deep, in three places about 
2 in. apart. The first groove shall be made 2 in. from the square end; 
each succeeding groove-shall be made on the opposite side from the 
preceding one. ‘The specimen shall then be firmly held in a vise, with 
the first groove about 14 in. above the jaws, and the projecting end 
broken off by light blows of a hammer, the bending being away from 
the groove. The specimen shall be broken at the other two grooves in 
the same manner. The object of this test is to open and render visible 
to the eye any seams due to failure to weld or to interposed foreign 
matter, or any cavities due to gas bubbles in the ingot. One side of 
each fracture shall be examined and the length of the seams and 
cavities determined, a pocket lens being used if necessary. 

32 Test Specimens. Tension and bend test specimens shall be 
taken from the finished rolled material. They shall be of the full 


yy 
S 
v 
Parallel Section _____.______ 
aigte ee | & is Ee eB Te not less than 9" ~~ " 


; cay Eo a 
sepia 3S SS i yen AOE ee a ean Se ey A 19 - ----—--------------~—----= 


Fie. 1 STANDARD ForM or TEST SPECIMEN REQUIRED FOR ALL TENSION TESTS 
OF PLATE MATERIAL 


thickness of material as rolled, and shall be machined to the form and 
dimensions shown in Fig. 1; except that bend test specimens may be 
machined with both edges parallel. 

33 Number of Tests. a One tension, one cold-bend, and one 
quench-bend test shall be made from each plate as rolled. 

6 If any test specimen shows defective machining or develops 
flaws, it may be discarded and another specimen substituted. 

c If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is 
less than that specified in Pars. 28 and 29, and any part of the fracture 
is outside the middle third of the gaged length, as indicated by the 
scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall 
be allowed. 


-LY PERMISSIBLE VARIATION IN GAGE 


34 Permissible Variation. The thickness of each plate shall not 
vary under the gage specified more than 0.01 in. ‘The overweight 


16 


limits are considered a matter of contract between the steel manu- 
facturer and the boiler builder. 


V FINISH 


35 Finish. The finished material shall be free from injurious 
defects and shall have a workmanlike finish. 


VI MARKING 


36 Marking. a Fach shell plate shall be legibly stamped by 
the manufacturer with the melt or slab number, name of manu- 
facturer, grade and the minimum tensile strength of the stipulated 
range as specified in Par. 28, in three places, two of which shall be 
located at diagonal corners about 12 in. from the edge and one about 
the center of the plate, or at a point selected and designated by the 
purchaser so that the stamp shall be plainly visible when the boiler is 
completed. 

b ach head shall be legibly stamped by the manufacturer in 
two places, about 12 in. from the edge, with the melt or slab number, 
name of manufacturer, grade, and the minimum tensile strength 
of the stipulated range as specified in Par. 28, in such manner that 
the stamp is plainly visible when the boiler is completed. 

c ach butt strap shall be legibly stamped by the manufacturer 
in two places on the center line about 12 in. from the ends with the 
melt or slab number, name of manufacturer, grade, and the minimum 
tensile strength of the stipulated range as specified in Par. 28. 

d ‘The melt or slab number shall be legibly stamped on each test 
specimen. 


VII INsPEcTION AND REJECTION 


37 Inspection. The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the material ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. All tests (except check analyses) and inspection 
shall be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless 
otherwise specified, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere un- 
necessarily with the operation of the works. 


17 


38 ejection. a Unless otherwise specified, any rejection based 
-on tests made in accordance with Par. 27 shall be reported within five 
working days from the receipt of samples. 

6b Material which shows injurious defects subsequent to its ac- 
_ ceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and the manu- 
facturer shall be notified. 

39 Lehearing. Samples tested. in accordance with Par. 2%, which 
represent rejected material, shall be preserved for two weeks from the 
date of the test report. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of 
the tests, the manufacturer may make claim for a rehearing within 
that time. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOILER RIVET STEEL 
THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME AS THOSE 
OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIG- 
NATION A 31-14, 


A REQUIREMENTS FoR RonmuED Bars 


I MANUFACTURE 


40 Process. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth process. 
II CuHemicaL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


41 Chemical Composition. The steel shall conform to the fol- 
lowing requirements as to chemical composition : 


PO tes ee SO Es So ce eet ea he he wee 0.30-0.50 per cent 
Mlimepaerug Fe aged See. Ae ed Ee, ON not over 0.04 per cent 
RM tee ciate Go ia iso) Adee e o6 bien 6 3,8 4 sles We ewes not over 0.045 per cent 


42 Ladle Analyses. An analysis to determine the percentages - 
of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur shall be made by the 
manufacturer from a test ingot taken during the pouring of each melt, 
a copy of which shall be given to the purchaser or his representative. 
This analysis shall conform to the requirements specified in Par. 41. 

43 Check Analyses. Analyses may be made by the purchaser 
from finished bars, representing each melt, which shall conform to the 
requirements specified in Par. 41, 


18 
III PuysicaAL PROPERTIES AND ‘l'ESTS 


44 Tension Tests. a The bars shall conform to the following 
requirements as to tensile properties: 


Tensile. strength, Ib. per sq.pini. eka ee, shies Sees ee 45,000-55,000 
Yield point, min., lb. per sq. in...... oMecs Steoeahs path Dry ec ge bets oat ane aes 0.5 tens. str. 
1,500,000 


Elongation, in: 8 in,y mins} percents: on) Jideg. Jalietag Lass 
but need not exceed 30 per cent. Tens. str. 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam of 
_ the testing machine. 

45 Bend Tests. a Cold-bend Tests—The test specimen shall 
bend cold through 180 deg. flat on itself without cracking on the out- 
side of the bent portion. 

b Quench-bend Tests—The test specimen, when heated to a ight 
cherry red as seen in the dark (not less than 1200 deg. fahr.), and 
quenched at once in water the temperature of which is between 80 deg. 
and 90 deg. fahr., shall bend through 180 deg. flat on itself without 
cracking on the outside of the bent portion. 

46 Test Specumens. Tension and bend test specimens shall be 
of the full-size section of bars as rolled. 

4% Number of Tests. a Two tension, two cold-bend, and two 
quench-bend tests shall be made from each melt, each of which shall 
conform to the requirements specified. 

b If any test specimen develops flaws, it may be discarded and 
another specimen substituted. | 

c If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen 
is less than that specified in Par. 44 and any part of the fracture is 
outside the middle third of the gaged length, as indicated by scribe 
scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be 
allowed. 


48 Permissible Variations in Gage. The gage of each bar shall 
not vary more than 0.01 in. from that specified. 


V WoRKMANSHIP AND FINISH 
49 Workmanship. The finished bars shall be circular within 
0.01 in. 


50 Finish. The finished bars shall be free from injurious de- 
fects and shall have a workmanlike finish. 


19 
VI Marxkine 


51 Marking. Rivet bars shall, when loaded for shipment, be 
properly separated and marked with the name or brand of the manu- 
facturer and the melt number for identification. The melt number 
shall be legibly marked on each test specimen, 


VII INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


52 Inspection. The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser 1s being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the bars ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the bars are being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. All tests (except check analyses) and inspection 
shall be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless 
otherwise specified, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere un- 
necessarily with the operation of the works. 

53 Rejection. a Unless otherwise specified, any rejection based 
on tests made in accordance with Par. 43 shall be reported within five 
working days from the receipt of samples. 

6 Bars which show injurious defects subsequent to their ac- 
ceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and the manu- 
facturer shall be notified. 

54 Rehearing. Samples tested in accordance with Par. 43, which 
represent rejected bars, shall be preserved for two weeks from the 
date of the test report. In case of dissatisfaction with the results of 
the tests, the manufacturer may make claim for a rehearing within 
that time. 


B REQUIREMENTS FOR RIVETS 


I PurysicAt PROPERTIES AND ‘TESTS 


55 Tension Tests. The rivets, when tested, shall conform to the 
requirements as to tensile properties specified in Par. 44, except that 
the elongation shall be measured on a gaged length not less than four 
times the diameter of the rivet. 

56 Bend Tests. The rivet shank shall bend cold through 180 
deg. flat on itself, as shown in Fig. 2, without cracking on the outside 
of the bent portion. 


20 


57 Flattening Tests. he rivet head shall flatten, while hot, to 
a diameter 214 times the diameter of the shank, as shown in Fig, 3, 
without cracking at the edges. 

58 Number of Tests. a When specified, one tension test shall 
be made from each size in each lot of rivets offered for inspection. 

b Three bend and three flattening tests shall be made from each 
size in each lot of rivets offered for inspection, each of which shall con- 
form to the requirements specified. 


Il WorKMANSHIP AND FINISH 


59 Workmanship. The rivets shall be true to form, concentric, 
and shall be made in a workmanlike manner. 

60 Finish. ‘The finished rivets shall be free from injurious de- 
fects. 


Fia. 2 THE BEND Fig. 3 THE FLAT- 


TEST FOR RIVETS TENING TEST FOR 
RIVETS 


III Inspection AND REJECTION 


61 Inspection. The mspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the rivets ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the rivets are being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. All tests and inspection shall be made at the 
place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified, 
and shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the 
operation of the works. 

62. Rejection. Rivets which show injurious defects subsequent 
to their acceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and 
the manufacturer shall be notified. ‘ 


21 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STAYBOLT STEEL 
REQUIREMENTS FOR ROLLED BARS 


63 Steel for staybolts shall conform to the requirements for 
Boiier Rivet Steel specified in Pars. 40 to 62, except that the tensile 
properties shall be as follows: 


ememorsumengtn. 1. DET Pda ID soe sss aco s 5 a ale ee Mele Beet» Ht 50,000—60,000 
en MMIMeeretie.. 10. DEP SO. IN, we ce is Sg ew sn ceneseaces 0.5 tens. str. 


1,500,000 
Elongation in 8 in., min., per cent rks ie Mae 


eeseet ee ee eee ee oe ee ew we ew we 


Tens. str. 


Also with the exception that the permissible variations in gage shall 
be as follows: 

Permissible Variations in Gage. The bars shall be truly round 
within 0.01 in. and shall not vary more than 0.005 in. above, or more 
than 0.01 in. below the specified size. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL BARS 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ABSTRACTED FROM THOSE FOR STEEL 
FOR BRIDGES OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, 
SERIAL DESIGNATION A 7-14, 


Il MANUFACTURE 


64: Process. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth process. 


II CHEMICAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


65 .Chemical Composition. 'The steel shall conform to the fol- 
lowing requirements as to chemical composition: 


fy | Merde ise isis: FO ose: Ai Faslt tists not over 0.06 per cent 
EL IRE ear ee a not over 0.04 per cent 
Re aoe arc Sal acl goed sly ns» wos gece eee not over 0.05 per cent 


66 Ladle Analysis. An analysis to determine the percentages of 
carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur shall be made by the 
manufacturer from a test ingot taken during the pouring of each 
melt, a copy of which shall be given to the purchaser or his representa- 
tive. This analysis shall conform to the requirements specified in 
Par. 65. 


22 


III PuysicaL Properties AND TESTS 


6% Tension Tests. a The material shall conform to the follow- 
ing requirements as to tensile properties: 


‘Lensilo‘strength, Ib. per sq. ine 6). ie. bs fies eon ee eee 55,000-65,000 
Yield point, ymin.; perisd.in > 5.565 5. bite. se at ee 0.5 tens. str. 
1,500,000 
Elongation in 8 in.,; min., per. cent®... 265.565 eect eee ee sees 
Tens. str 
Elongation 4h ‘2° in., min. “pervcenty.. -: 255.0. ereeieeer eas ene 22 


*See Par. 68. 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam of 
the testing machine. 


68 Modifications in Elongation. a For bars over 34 in. in 
thickness or diameter a deduction of 1 from the percentage of elonga- 
tion in 8 in. specified in Par. 67, shall be made for each increase of 14 
in. in thickness or diameter above 34 in., to a minimum of 18 per cent. 


6 For bars under 5/16 in. in thickness or diameter a deduction 
of 2.5 from the percentage of elongation in 8 in. specified in Par. 67, 
shall be made for each decrease of 1/16 in. in thickness or diameter 
below 5/16 in. 


69 Bend Tests. a The test specimen shall bend cold through 
180 deg. without cracking on the outside of the bent portion, as fol- 
lows: For material 34 in. or under in thickness or diameter flat on 
itself ; for material over 34 in. to and including 114, in. in thickness or 
diameter around a pin the diameter of which is equal to the thickness 
or diameter of the specimen ; and for material over 114 in. in thickness 
or diameter around a pin the diameter of which is equal to twice the 
thickness or diameter of the specimen. 

b The test specimen for bars over 11% in. in thickness or diameter 
when prepared as specified in Par. 70, shall bend cold through 180 
deg. around a 1-in. pin without cracking on the outside of the bent 
portion. 

70 Test Specimens. a Tension and bend test specimens except 
as specified in 0, shall be of the full thickness of material as rolled. 
They may be machined to the form and dimensions shown in Fig. 1, 
or may have both edges parallel. 

b Tension test specimens for bars over 114 in. in thickness or 
diameter may be of the form and dimensions shown in Fig. 4. Bend 


23 


test specimens may be 1 by 1% in. in section. The axis of the specimen 
shall be located at any point midway between the center and surface 
and shall be parallel to the axis of the bar. 

71 Number of Tests. a One tension and one bend test shall be 
made from each melt; except that if material from one melt differs 
3g in. or more in thickness, one tension and one bend test shall be 
made from both the thickest and the thinnest material rolled. 

b If any test specimen shows defective machining or develops 
flaws, it may be discarded and another specimen substituted. 

ce If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is 
less than that specified in Par. 67, and any part of the fracture is 
more than 34 in. from the center of the gage length of a 2-in. specimen 
or is outside the middle third of the gage length of an 8-in. specimen, 
as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, 
a retest shall be allowed. 


IV PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN GAGE 


72 Permissible Variation. The thickness or cross-section of each 
piece of steel shall not vary under that specified more than 2.5 per 
eent. (NoTE: Overweight variation is a matter of contract between 
the steel manufacturer and boiler builder.) 


VY FINISH 


73 Finish. The finished material shall be free from injurious 
defects and shall have a workmanlike finish. 


VI MARKING 


%4 Marking. Bars shall, when loaded for shipment, be properly 
separated and marked with the name or brand of the manufacturer 
and melt number for identification. The melt number shall be legibly 
marked on each test specimen. 


VIL INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


%5 Inspection. ‘The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 


24 


which concern the manufacture of the material ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. All tests and inspection shall be made at the place 
of manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified, and shall 
be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of 
the. works. 

76 Rejection. Material which shows injurious defects subsequent 
to its acceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and the 
manufacturer shall be notified. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL CASTINGS 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ABSTRACTED FROM THOSE FOR STEEL 
CASTINGS OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, 
SERIAL DESIGNATION A 27-14, 


7% Classes. These specifications cover two classes of castings, 
namely: 

Class A, ordinary castings for which no physical requirements 
are specified. 

Class B, castings for which physical requirements are specified. 
These are of three grades: hard, medium, and soft. 

78 Patterns. a Patterns shall be made so that sufficient finish 
is allowed to provide for all variations in shrinkage. 

b Patterns shall be painted three colors to represent metal, cores, 
and finished surfaces. It is recommended that core prints shall be 
painted black and finished surfaces red. 

79 Basis of Purchase. 'The purchaser shall indicate his intention 
to substitute the test to destruction specified in Par. 87, for the tension 
and bend tests, and shall designate the patterns from which castings 
for this test shall be made. 


I MANUFACTURE 


80 Process. The steel may be made by the open-hearth, crucible, 
or any other process approved by the purchaser. 

81 Heat Treatment. a Class A castings need not be annealed 
unless so specified. 

b Class B castings shall be allowed to become cold. They shall 
then be uniformly reheated to the proper temperature to refine the 


25 


grain (a group thus reheated being known as an “annealing charge’), 
and allowed to cool uniformly and slowly. If, in the opinion of the 
purchaser or his representative, a casting is not properly annealed, he 
may at his option require the casting to be re-annealed. 


II CHEMICAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


82 Chemical Composition. The castings shall conform to the 
following requirements as to chemical composition: 


Class A Class B 
RT, oe ee notrover:-0:.30) percent yom. se ae ae 
PESO Ga. - ays ss a «s not over 0.06 per cent ndt over 0.05 per cent 


OLS UL oda le apenas aa ea tage not over 0.05 per cent 


83 Ladle Analyses. An analysis to determine the percentages of 
carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur shall be made by the man- 
ufacturer from a test ingot taken during the pouring of each melt, a 
copy of which shall be given to the purchaser or his representative. 
This analysis shall conform to the requirements specified in Par. 82. 
Drillings for analysis shall be taken not less than 14 in. beneath the 
surface of the test ingot. 


84 Check Analyses. a Analyses of Class A castings may be 
made by the purchaser, in which case an excess of 20 per cent above the 
requirement as to phosphorus specified in Par. 8%, shall be allowed. 
Drillings for analysis shall be taken not less than 14 in beneath the 
surface. 


b Analyses of Class B castings may be made by the purchaser 
from a broken tension or bend test specimen, in which case an excess 
of 20 per cent above the requirements as to phosphorus and sulphur 
specified in Par. 82, shall be allowed. Drillings for analysis shall be 
taken not less than 14 in. beneath the surface. 


III Puysitcan PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


(For Class B Castings only.) 


85 Tension Tests. a The castings shall conform to the follow- 
ing minimum requirements as to tensile properties: 


Hard Medium Soft 


Tensile strength, Ib. per sq. in............. 80,000 70,000 60,000 
Yield. point; lps: per sqa dns f.4:; 24) Aeie eee» 36,000 31,500 27,000 
Elongation in 2;:in.,. per cent... b .5 «si sb: 15 18 22 
Reduction of area, per cent............... 20 25 30 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam 
of the testing machine. 

86 Bend Tests. a The test specimen for soft castings shall bend 
cold through 120 deg., and for medium castings through 90 deg., 
around a 1-in. pin, without cracking on the outside of the bent portion. 

b Hard castings shall not be subject to bend test requirements. 


87% Alternative Tests to Destruction. In the case of small or un- 
important castings, a test to destruction on three castings from a lot 
may be substituted for the tension and bend tests. This test shall show 
the material to be ductile, free from injurious defects, and suitable 
for the purpose intended. A lot shall consist of all castings from one 
melt, in the same annealing charge. 


88 Test Specimens. a Sufficient test bars, from which the test 
specimens required in Par. 89, may be selected, shall be attached to 
castings weighing 500 lb. or over, when the design of the castings will 
permit. If the castings weigh less than 500 lb., or are of such a design 
that test bars cannot be attached, two test bars shall be cast to represent 
each melt; or the quality of the castings shall be determined by tests 
to destruction as specified in Par. 87. All test bars shall be annealed 
with the castings they represent. 


6 ‘The manufacturer and purchaser shall agree whether test bars 
can be attached to castings, on the location of the bars on the castings, 
on the castings to which bars are to be attached, and on the method 
of casting unattached bars. 


c Tension test specimens shall be of the form and dimensions 
shown in Fig. 4. Bend test specimens shall be machined to 1 by 4 
in. in section with corners rounded to a radius not over 1/16 in. 


89 Number of Tests. a One tension and one bend test shall be 
made from each annealing charge. If more than one melt is repre- 
sented in an annealing charge, one tension and one bend test shall be 
made from each melt. 


b If any test specimen shows defective machining or develops 
flaws, it may be discarded; in which case the manufacturer and the 
purchaser or his representative shall agree upon the selection of an- 
other specimen in its stead. 


27 


c If the percentage of elongation of any tension test specimen is 
less than that specified in Par. 85, and any part of the fracture is 
more than 34 in. from the center of the gaged length, as indicated by 
scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall 
be allowed. 


IV WoRKMANSHIP AND FINISH 


90 Workmanship. The castings shall substantially conform to 
the sizes and shapes of the patterns, and shall be made in a workman- 
like manner. 

91 Finish. a The castings shall be free from injurious defects. 

6 Minor defects which do not impair the strength of the castings 
may, with the approval of the purchaser or his representative, be 


Fig. 4 STANDARD Form oF TEST SPECIMEN REQUIRED FOR ALL TENSION TESTS 
OF STEEL CASTING MATERIAL 


welded by an approved process. The defects shall first be cleaned out 
to solid metal; and after welding, the castings shall be annealed, if 
specified by the purchaser or his representative. 
c ‘The castings offered for inspection shall not be painted or 
covered with any substance that will hide defects, nor rusted to such 
an extent as to hide defects. 


V INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


92 Inspection. The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the castings ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the castings are being furnished in accordance with 


28 


these specifications. All tests (except check analyses) and inspection 
shall be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless 
otherwise specified, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere un- 
necessarily with the operation of the works. 

93 Rejection. a Unless otherwise specified, any rejection based 
on tests made in accordance with Par. 84, shall be reported within 
five.working days from the receipt of samples. 

b Castings which show injurious defects subsequent to their ac- 
ceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and the manu- 
facturer shall be notified. 

94 Rehearing. Samples testéd in accordance with Par. 84, 
which represent rejected castings, shall be preserved for two weeks 
from the date of the test report. In case of dissatisfaction with the 
- results of the tests, the manufacturer may make claim for a rehearing 
within that time. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR GRAY IRON CASTINGS 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE IDENTICAL WITH THOSE OF THE 
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIGNATION 
A 48-05. 


95 Process of Manufacture. Unless furnace iron is specified, all 
gray castings are understood to be made by the cupola process. 


96 Chemical Properties. The sulphur contents to be as follows: 


Light castings: js .0 ° bibs © wesys Satragis ote ope ple «fe gt Shy 0 not over 0.08 per cent 
Medium geastings « . .oigGwk ote sete pee Sac. Mie Bb 26 oe ee not over 0.10 per cent 
Heavy JCOBSUUCS ..cbak po seheh ee nee ChE ce his is ae aie not over 0.12 per cent 


9% Classification. In dividing castings into light, medium and 
heavy classes, the following standards have been adopted: 

98 Castings having any section less than 1% in. thick shall be 
known as light castings. 

99 Castings in which no section is less than 2 in. thick shall be 
known as heavy castings. 

100 Medium castings are those not included in the above classifi- 
cation, 


29 
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


101 Transverse Test. The minimum breaking strength of the 
“Arbitration Bar” under transverse load shall be not under: 


Mint e CH AtAILO Beds 24-55 Peed sed); kd S So 4 ic aGe aides 0 3g an Hel dk. G48 2500 Ibs. 
AIOE a), I oe ahs ics he Be a 5) ody « ties oslo a feo ee 2900 Ibs, 
PREM CNORN GRE SS cis. Ew ee de eo et Pe oe Re aN fd cos He a's ose 3300 Ibs. 


In no case shall the deflection be under 0.10 in. 
102 Tensile Test. Where specified, this shall not run less than: 


PORN Sat BO i ah TE oe aah ww oss eee 18,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
PaROMRTIRT ar AULOINe oh. «IB teh aie s Ay GN PRs od vs gc os 21,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
TE WARE Toe Se ae CLEA i i oa 8 i a ee 24,000 Ib. per sq. in. 


OK ‘x 
g ' 
3 
8 8 
“Ny ) 
! Ly 
y_ _y 


Fie. 5 STANDARD Form or TEST SPECIMEN REQUIRED FOR TENSION TESTS OF 
Gray-IRon CastTING MATERIAL 


103 Arbitration Bar. The quality of.the iron going into castings 
under specification shall be determined by means of the “Arbitration 
Bar.” ‘This is a bar 114 in. in diameter and 15 in. long. It shall be 
prepared as stated further on and tested transversely. ‘The tensile 
test is not recommended, but in case it is called for, the bar as shown 
in Fig. 5, and turned up from any of the broken pieces of the trans- 
verse test shall be used. The expense of the tensile test shall fall on 
the purchaser. 

104 Number of Test Bars. Two sets of two bars shall be cast 
from each heat, one set from the first and the other set from the last 
iron going into the castings. Where the heat exceeds twenty tons, an 
additional set of two bars shall be cast for each twenty tons or fraction 
thereof above this amount. In case of a change of mixture during 
the heat, one set of two bars shall also be cast for every mixture other 


30 


than the regular one. Tach set of two bars is to go into a single mold. 
The bars shall not be rumbled or otherwise treated, being simply 
brushed off before testing. . 
105 Method of Testing. 'The transverse test shall be made on all 
the bars cast, with supports 12 in. apart, load applied at the middle, 2 


10” Pipe Cope -. 


5 


‘POURING BASIN 


PATTERN 


>] 


ut 


seeks Pd 5 
FAIRS 


Fig. 6 DETAILS OF PATTERN AND MoLp REQUIRED FOR ARBITRATION BARS IN 
TESTING GRAY-IRON CASTING MATERIAL 


and the deflection at rupture noted. One bar of every two of each set 
made must fulfill the requirements to permit acceptance of the cast- 
ings represented. 

106 Mold for Test Bar. The mold for the bars is shown in Fig. 
6. The bottom of the bar is 1/16 in. smaller in diameter than the 
top, to allow for draft and for the strain of pouring. The pattern 
shall not be rapped before withdrawing. ‘The flask is to be rammed up 


‘ 
j 


31 


with green molding sand, a little damper than usual, well mixed and 
put through a No. 8 sieve, with a mixture of one to twelve bituminous 
facing. The mold shall be rammed evenly and fairly hard, thoroughly 
dried and not cast until it is cold. The test bar shall not be removed 
from the mold until cold enough to be handled. 

10% Speed of Testing. The rate of application of the load shall 
be from 20 to 40 seconds for a deflection of 0.10 in. 

108 Samples for Analysis. Borings from the broken pieces of 
the “Arbitration Bar” shall be used for the sulphur determinations. 
One determination for each mold made shall be required. In case of 
dispute, the standards of the American Foundrymen’s Association 
shall be used for comparison. 

109 Finish. Castings shall be true to pattern, free from cracks, 
flaws and excessive shrinkage. In other respects they shall conform 
to whatever points may be specially agreed upon. 

110 Inspection. ‘The inspector shall have reasonable facilities 
afforded him by the manufacturer to satisfy him that the finished 
material is furnished in accordance with these specifications. All 
tests and inspections shall, as far as possible, be made at the place of 
manufacture prior to shipment. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR MALLEABLE CASTINGS 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE IDENTICAL WITH THOSE OF THE 
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIGNATION 


A 47-04, 


111 Process of Manufacture. Malleable iron castings may be 
made by the open-hearth, air furnace, or cupola process. Cupola iron, 
however, is not recommended for heavy nor for important castings. 

112 Chemical Properties. Castings for which physical require- 
ments are specified shall not contain over 0.06 sulphur nor over 0.225 
phosphorus. 


PurysicaAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


113 Standard Test Bar. This bar shall be 1 in. sq. and 14 in. 
long, without chills and with ends left perfectly free in the mold. 
Three shall be cast in one mold, heavy risers insuring sound bars. 
Where the full heat goes into castings which are subject to specifica- 


a9 


tion, one mold shall be poured two minutes after tapping into the first 
ladle, and another mold from the last iron of the heat. Molds shall be 
suitably stamped to insure identification of the bars, the bars being 
annealed with the castings. Where only a partial heat is required for 
the work in hand, one mold should be cast from the first ladle used 
and another after the required iron has been tapped. 

a Of the three test bars from the two molds required for each 
heat, one shall be tested for tensile strength and elongation, the other 
for transverse strength and deflection. The other remaining bar is 
reserved for either the transverse or tensile test, in case of the failure 
of the two other bars to come up to requirements. The halves of the 
bars broken transversely may also be used for the tensile test. 

b Failure to reach the required limit for the tensile strength 
with elongation, as also the transverse strength with deflection, on 
the part of at least one test, shall reject the castings from that heat. 

114 Tensile Test. The tensile strength of a standard test bar 
for castings under specification shall not be less than 40,000 Ib. 
per sq. in. The elongation measured in 2 in. shall not be less than 
214 per cent. | 

115 Transverse Test. The transverse strength of a standard test 
bar, on supports 12 in. apart, pressure being applied at the center, shall 
not be less than 3000 lb., deflection being at least 14 in. 


116 Test Lugs. Castings of special design or of special impor- 
tance may be provided with suitable test lugs at the option of the 
inspector. At least one of these lugs shall be left on the casting for 
his inspection upon his request therefor. ° 


117% Annealing. Malleable castings shall neither be “over” nor 
“under” annealed. They must have received their full heat in the 
oven at least sixty hours after reaching that temperature. 


118 The “saggers” shall not be dumped until the contents shall 
at least be “black hot.” 


119 Finish. Castings shall be true to pattern, free from 
blemishes, scale or shrinkage cracks. A variation of 1/16 in. per foot 
shall be permissible. Founders shall not be held responsible for 
defects due to irregular cross sections and unevenly distributed metal. 


120 Inspection. The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have all reasonable facilities given him by the founder to satisfy him — 
that the finished material is furnished in accordance with these 
specifications. All tests and inspections shall be made. prior to ship- 
ment, 


33 
SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOILER RIVET IRON 


THESE REQUIREMENTS ARE AN ADAPTATION, WITH SLIGHT MODI- 
FICATIONS IN THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS, OF THE SPECI- 
FICATIONS FOR ENGINE BOLT IRON OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR 
TESTING MATERIALS, 


A REQUIREMENTS FOR Ro.tiED Bars 


I MANUFACTURE 


121 Process. The iron shall be made wholly from puddled iron 
or knobbled charcoal iron, and shall be free from any admixture of 
iron scrap or steel. 

122 Iron Scrap. This term applies only to foreign or bought 
scrap and does not include local mill products free from foreign or 
bought scrap. 


Il Puysrtcat PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


123 Tension Tests. a ‘The iron shall conform to the following 
requirements as to tensile properties: 


Bremee eet MOTIL OLD DOr Ml, OTE a. 2 we 'o.e = csis ob ole we vee eo old 48,000—52,000 
Peete Onn Mit Fae PON mic Me gin ie iene ae wt ml hele viv Cee ele lees 0.5 tens. str. 
PGugaiin i1-o I, mils per Cent. 1's. da se ee eg LS 2 

Preeo OL: ASH.) Mie: Pere CON ta wry. tos esi ele ce lne's 0 « 45 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam 
of the testing machine. The speed of the cross-head of the machine 
shall not exceed 114% in. per minute. | 

124 Bend Tests. a Cold-bend Tests—The test specimen shall 
bend cold through 180 deg. flat on itself without cracking on the out- 
side of the bent portion. 

b Hot-bend Tests—The test specimen, when heated to a bright 
cherry red, shall bend through 180 deg. flat on itself, without fracture 
on the outside of the bent portion. | 

ce Nick-bend Tests—The test specimen, when nicked 25 per cent 
around with a tool having a 60-deg. cutting edge, to a depth of not 
less than 8 nor more than 16 per cent of the diameter of the specimen, 
and broken, shall show a wholly fibrous fracture. 

d Bend tests may be made by pressure or by blows. 


34 


125 Htch Tests.t The cross-section of the test specimen shall be 
ground or polished, and etched for a sufficient period to develop the 
structure. This test shall show the material to be free from steel. 

126 Test Specimens. All test specimens shall be of the full sec- 
tion of material as rolled. 

127 Number of Tests. a Bars of one size shall be sorted into 
lots of 100 each. 'T'wo bars shall be selected at random from each lot 
or fraction thereof, and tested as specified in Pars. 123 and 124; but 
only one of these bars shall be tested as specified in Par. 125. 

b If any test specimen from either of the bars originally selected 
to represent a lot of material, contains surface defects not visible before 
testing but visible after testing, or if a tension test specimen breaks 
outside the middle third of the gage length, one retest from a different 
bar will be allowed. 


III PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN GAGE 


128 Permissible Variations. The gage of each bar shall not vary 
more than 0.01 in. from that specified. 


IV FrnisH 


129 Finish. The bars shall be smoothly rolled and free from 
slivers, depressions, seams, crop ends and evidences of being burnt. 


V MARKING 


130 Marking. The bars shall be stamped or marked as desig- 
nated by the purchaser. . 


VI INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


131 Inspection. a The inspector representing the purchaser 
shall have free entry at all times, while work on the contract of the 
purchaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the material ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities ~ 
to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with 


1A solution of two parts water, one part concentrated hydrochloric acid, and one part concen- 
trated sulphuric acid is recommended for the etch test. 


; 35 


these specifications. ‘Tests and inspection at the place of manufacture 
shall be made prior to shipment. 

6 ‘The purchaser may make the tests to govern the acceptance or 
rejection of material in his own laboratory or elsewhere. Such tests, 
however, shall be made at the expense of the purchaser. 

132 Rejection. If either of the test bars selected to represent a 
lot does not conform to the requirements specified in Pars. 123, 124 
and 125, the lot will be rejected. 


B REQUIREMENTS FOR RIVETS 
I, PHysicAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


133 Number of Tests. When specified, three rivets of each di- 
ameter shall be taken at random from each lot offered for inspection, 
and if they fail to stand the following tests the lot will be rejected. 

134 Bend Tests. a ‘The rivet shank shall bend cold through 
180 deg. flat on itself, as shown in Fig. 2, without cracking on the out- 
side of the bent portion. 

b The heads must stand bending back, showing that they are 
firmly joined. 

c When nicked and broken gradually the fracture must show a 
clean, long ane fibrous iron. 


II WorRKMANSHIP AND FINISH 


135 Workmanship. (The rivets shall be true to OM: concentric, 
and shall be made in a workmanlike manner. 

136 Finish. ‘The finished rivets shall be free from injurious de- 
fects. 


III INspPHcTioN AND REJECTION 


13% Inspection. 'The inspector representing the purchaser shall 
have free entry at all times, while work on the contract of the pur- 
chaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the rivets ordered.. he manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the rivets are being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. All tests and inspection shall be made at the 


36 


place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified, and 
shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the opera- 
tion of the works. 

138 ejection. Rivets which show injurious defects subsequent 
to their acceptance at the manufacturer’s works will be rejected, and 
the manufacturer shall be notified. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STAYBOLT TRON 


THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE IDENTICAL WITH THOSE OF THE 
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIGNATION 
A 39-14. 


I MANUFACTURE 


139 Process. The iron shall be rolled from a bloom or boxpile, 
made wholly from puddled iron or knobbled charcoal iron. The 
puddle mixture and the component parts of the bloom or boxpile shall 
be free from any admixture of iron scrap or steel. 

140 Defimtion of Terms. a Bloom—A bloom is a solid mass of 
iron that has been hammered into a convenient size for rolling. 

b Boxpile—A boxpile is a pile, the sides, top and bottom of which 
are formed by four flat bars and the interior of which consists of a 
number of small bars the full length of the pile. 

c Iron Scrap—This term applies only to foreign or purchased 
scrap and does not include local mill products free from foreign or 
purchased scrap. 


Il PuHyscraL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


141 Tension Tests. a ‘The iron shall conform to the following 
requirements as to tensile properties: 


Tensile strength, lb.“ per Jad. Ain ke veiee <i, ok cee se gees cee 49,000—53,000 
Yael@ pointsmming I! perp ame h 2) Ta A . | OLE 0.6 tens. str. 
Elongation in 8 \in.; pmip.pper centen ey. Oey vecivts). Jig. ta. 94 30 
Reduction of areas. min. per reemt. a3.) foe pee. fae aly Ser peo aye 48 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam 
of the testing machine. The speed of the cross-head of the machine 
shall not exceed 11% in. per minute. 


at 
142 Bend Tests. a  Cold-bend Tests—The test specimen shall 


bend cold through 180 deg. flat on itself in both directions without 
fracture on the outside of the bent portion. 


b Quench-bend Tests—The test specimen, when heated to a yel- 
low heat and quenched at once in water the temperature of which is 
between 80 deg. and 90 deg. fahr., shall bend through 180 deg. flat on 
itself without fracture on the outside of the bent portion. 


ce Nick-bend Tests—The test specimen, when nicked 25 per cent 
around with a tool having a 60-deg. cutting edge, to a depth of not 
less than 8 nor more than 16 per cent of the diameter of the specimen, 
and broken, shall show a clean fiber entirely free from crystallization. 

d Bend tests may be made by pressure or by blows. 

143 Htch Tests. The cross-section of the test specimen shall be 
ground or polished, and etched for a sufficient period to develop the 
structure. This test shall show the material to have been rolled from 
a bloom or a boxpile, and to be free from steel. 

144 Test Specimens. All test specimens shall be of the full sec- 
tion of material as rolled. 


145 Number of Tests. a Bars of one size shall be sorted into 
lots of 100 each. 'T'wo bars shall be selected at random from each lot 
or fraction thereof, and tested as specified in Pars. 141 and 142; but 
only one of these bars shall be tested as specified in Par. 143. 


b If any test specimen from either of the bars originally selected 
to represent a lot of material, contains surface defects not visible be- 
fore testing but visible after testing, or if a tension test specimen 
breaks outside the middle third of the gage length, one retest from a 
different bar will be allowed. 


c When retests as specified in 6 are not permitted, a reduction 
ef 2 per cent in elongation and 3 per cent in reduction of area from 
that specified in Par. 141, shall be allowed. 


III PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN GAGE 


146 Permissible Variations. The bars shall be truly round 
within 0.01 in., and shall not vary more than 0.005 in. above or more 
than 0.01 in. below the specified size. 


———$_———__———. —_— 


1A nolution of two parta water, one part concentrated hydrochloric acid, and one part concen- 
trated sulphuric acid ia recommended for the etch test, 


383 
IV FrnisH 


14” Finish. The bars shall be smoothly rolled and free from — 
slivers, depressions, seams, crop ends and evidences of being burnt. 


V MARKING 


148 Marking. The bars shall be stamped or marked as desig- 
nated by the purchaser. 


VI INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


149 Inspection. a The inspector representing the purchaser 
shall have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the 
purchaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works 
which concern the manufacture of the material ordered. The manu- 
facturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable facilities 
to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with 
these specifications. Tests and inspection at the place of manufacture 
shall be made prior to shipment. 

6 The purchaser may make the tests to govern the acceptance or 
rejection of material in his own laboratory or elsewhere. Such tests, 
however, shall be made at the expense of the purchaser. 

150 ejection. a_ If either of the test bars selected to represent 
a lot does not conform to the requirements specified in Pars. 141, 142 
and 143, the lot will be rejected. 

b Bars which will not take a clean, sharp thread with dies in fair 
condition, or which develop defects in forging or machining, will be 
- rejected, and the manufacturer shall be notified. 


39 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFINED WROUGHT-IRON 
BARS 


THESE SPECEFICATIONS ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE OF THE AMERICAN 
SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS, SERIAL DESIGNATION A 41-13. 


I MANUFACTURE 


151 Process. Refined wrought-iron bars shall be made wholly 
from puddled iron, and may consist either of new muck-bar iron or a 
mixture of muck-bar iron and scrap, but shall be free from any ad- 
mixture of steel. 


Ii PuHystcat PRoPERTIES AND TESTS 


-152 Tension Tests. a The-iron shall conform to the following 
minimum requirements as to tensile properties. 


DT MMRCe eoEOtTIT Ae BAR OG s AN a clas « Sle acs ce ae da tev ese nessa ts 48,000 
(See Pars. 153 and 154.) 

Petersen Be Nel eG Uren e ee coe hae, pete Usa Th), foes le GX 25,000 

Pouea tour h in, per cent HII0 9. U2. Pop oisi sy. Gilde Dee estas ta x4 oles 22 


(See Par. 155.) 


b The yield point shall be determined by the drop of the beam 
of the testing machine. The speed of the cross-head of the machine 
shall not exceed 114 in. per minute. 

153 Permissible Variations. ‘Twenty per cent of the test speci- 
mens representing one size may show tensile strengths 1000 lb. per 
sq. in. under, or 5000 Ib. per sq. in. over that specified in Par. 152; 
but no specimen shall show a tensile strength under 45,000 lb. per 
sq. In. 

154 Modifications in Tensile Strength. Yor flat bars which have 
to be reduced in width, a deduction of 1000 Ib. per sq. in. from the 
tensile strength specified in Pars. 152 and 153, shall be made. 

155 Permissible Variations in Elongation. ‘Twenty per cent of 
the test specimens representing one size may show the following per- 
centages of elongation in 8 in.: 


ROUND BARS 


1% in. or dver,. tested: am falledy Je fred y'. F2 5 Pee FEEES FUER Sa 20 per cent 
iceretas ithe tested: Ae TOUCH aah e hide oc veo ni gee ec be THis ous enees 16 per cent 
Reduced by machining......, SUR WHE phe) 0a pulbne cRees os On 04 bo DOk CONG 


40 


FLAT BARS 
34 ax. ‘or over, tested as rolled... oC. . etek ssn sen eb e pee eben 18 per cent 
Under 84 in: tested ’as ‘Tolled 420. 1GLGA AGA see ee 16 per cent 
Reduced“ by" mia chanting se 6ik 4 cid Neb <eiefate eG Sse ed de bie ae 16 per cent 


156 Bend Tests. a Cold-bend Tests—Cold bend tests will be 
made only on bars having a nominal area of 4 sq. in. or under, in 
which case the test specimen shall bend cold through 180 deg. without 
fracture on the outside of the bent portion, around a pin the diameter 
of which is equal to twice the diameter or thickness of the specimen. 

b Hot-bend Tests—The test specimen, when heated to a tempera- 
ture between 1700 deg. and 1800 deg. fahr., shall bend through 180 
deg. without fracture on the outside of the bent portion, as follows: 
for round bars under 2 sq. in. in section, flat on itself; for round bars 
2 sq. in. or over in section and for all flat bars, around a pin the 
diameter of which is equal to the diameter or thickness of the specimen. 

ce Nick-bend Tests—The test specimen, when nicked 25 per cent 
around for round bars, and along one side for flat bars, with a tool 
having a 60-deg. cutting edge, to a depth of not less than 8 nor more 
than 16 per cent of the diameter or thickness of the specimen, and 
broken, shall not show more than 10 per cent of the fracture surface 
to be crystalline. 

d Bend tests may be made by pressure or by blows. 

15% Htch Tests.1 The cross-section of the test specimen shall be 
ground or polished, and etched for a sufficient period to develop the 
structure. This test shall show the material to be free from steel. 

158 Test Specimens. a ‘Tension and bend test specimens shall 
be of the full section of material as rolled, if possible; otherwise the 
specimens shall be machined from the material as rolled. The axis 
of the specimen shall be located at any point one-half the distance 
from the center to the surface of round bars, or from the center to 
the edge of flat bars, and shall be parallel to the axis of the bar. 

b Etch test specimens shall be of the full section of material as 
rolled. 

159° Number of Tests. a ‘All bars of one size shall be piled 
separately. One bar from each 100 or fraction thereof will be selected 
at random and tested as specified. 

b If any test specimen from the bar originally selected to repre- 
sent a lot of material contains surface defects not. visible before test- 


1A solution of two parts water, one part concentrated hydrochloric acid, and one part con- 
centrated sulphuric acid is recommended for the etch test, 


4] 


ing but visible after testing, or if a tension test specimen breaks outside 
the middle third of the gage length, one retest from a different bar 
will be allowed. 


III PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN GAGE 


160 Permissible Variations. a Round bars shall conform to the 
standard limit gages adopted by the Master Car Builders’ Association 
given in Table 2. 


TABLE 2 PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS IN GAGE FOR ROUND WROUGHT-IRON BARS 


Nomina] Maximum Minimum Total 
Diameter, Diameter, Diameter, Variation, 
Inches Inches Inches Inches 
Ligh oi) he hk Oe eee) SOM 8 POE ees ee 0.2550 0.2450 0.010 
a ST at e- ooale. 90a Bhs Slecesalo dic ae cabifeuias 0.3180 0.3070 0.011 
Se Dion 5 SRO ae ene Hee OE PARE Ls hie S 0.3810 0.3690 0.012 
eT pectic sp arena: Din ue VRE DEIR TORR RRR eae 0.4440 0.4310 - 0.013 
LTE, eb SG LONG be eto Bip tte eine: © eae ban, Oe 0 5070 0.4930 0.014 
i IN rN aer ataverecei ane sie ere Sc s¥eraca gate ae Gs 0.5700 0.5550 0.015 
AG & CPI RDNA CSET SE ER re HES TORE 4 0.6330 0.6170 0.016 
Ce. xs Ciel RRC PERC EEO a Te ee 0.7585 0.7415 0.017 
4G, PES o.ci dic Rist ete titer mote oe 0.8840 0.8660 0.018 
DL AR, Pic Si IAPR ERD AIE cache ote Neca tee akan 1.0095 0.9905 0.019 
1 eS ac eit CEE HR: IO A PRE, a SRE 1.1850 1.1150 0.020 
OEE, PS oak Bieta shokele cide niet a hitoh ies «ete 1.2605 1.2395 0.021 


b The widths or thicknesses of flat bars shall not vary more than 
2 per cent from that specified. 


IV FrINisH 


161 Finish. The bars shall be smoothly rolled and free from 
slivers, depressions, seams, crop ends and evidences of being burnt. 


V INSPECTION AND REJECTION 


162 Inspection. a The inspector representing the purchaser 
shall have free entry, at all times while work on the contract of the 
purchaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s 
works which concern the manufacture of the material ordered. The 
manufacturer shall afford the inspector, free of cost, all reasonable 
facilities to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in ac- 
cordance with these specifications. ‘Tests and inspection at the place 
of manufacture shall be made prior to shipment. 

b The purchaser may make the tests to govern the acceptance 
or rejection of material in his own laboratory or elsewhere. Such 
tests, however, shall be made at the expense of the purchaser. 


42 


163 Rejection. All bars of one size will be rejected if the test 
specimens representing that size do not conform to the requirements 
specified. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAPWELDED AND SEAMLESS 
BOILER TUBES 


Approved by the Boiler Tube Manufacturers of America 
September 25, 1914 
I MANUFACTURE 


164 Process. a Lapwelded tubes shall be made of open-hearth 
steel or knobbled, hammered charcoal iron. 
b Seamless tubes shall be made of open-hearth steel. 


Il CuemiIcaAL PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


165 Chemical Composition. a The steel shall conform to the 
following requirements as to chemical composition: 


CIATHOW" swish seep Se ROLS 5 sie e eee ee ee ee 0.08-0.18 per cent 
Man inese utes v4 bo snd poe eee aoe o> ne 0.30—-0.50 per cent 
Phosphorus ts % See. Sea. we 2 Pimbi te iece lode te hio einen aie not over 0.04 per cent 
Sulphur ' 855 os Sandia e's 5's 's Ds 4 RARE Bit & Vinee aire not over 0.045 per cent 


b Chemical analyses will not be required for charcoal iron tubes. 

166 Check Analyses. a Analyses of two tubes in each lot of 
250 (or on total order if less than 250) may be made by the purchaser 
which shall conform to the requirements specified in Par. 165. Drill- 
ings for analyses shall be taken from several points around each tube. 

6 If the analysis of only one tube does not conform to the 
requirements specified, analyses of two additional tubes from the same 
lot shall be made, each of which shall conform to the requirements 
specified. 


III PuystcaLt PROPERTIES AND TESTS 


167 Flange Test. a For tubes not more than 6 in diameter 
a test specimen not less than 4 in. in length shall have a flange 
turned over at right angles to the body of the tube without showing 
cracks or flaws. This flange as measured from the outside of the 
tube sha'l have a width of from 4 in. to $ in. The width between 


43 


these limits to be not less than 10 per cent of the outside diameter 
of the tube. For tubes more than 6 in. diameter the flange test 
is not required. 
b In making the flange test, the flaring tool and die block as 
shown in Fig. 7, may be used. 


168 Flattening Tests. A test specimen 3 in. in length shall 
_ stand hammering flat until the inside walls are brought parallel and 
separated by a distance equal to three (3) times the wall thickness, 
without showing cracks or flaws. In the case lapwelded tubes, the 
test shall be made with the weld at the point of maximum bend. 


Position after using Flaring Tool 
oth Position = 


ee aes 


64 4 - 
FLARING TOOL a 


A=0S. Diam. of Tube less 2" ka -st--Liners 
B= ” ” ” ” ” a, DIE BLOCK \e 
C= » ” ” ” Plus 2 i A=: QS. Diam. of Tube + 5 


Fia. 7 DeEtTaits oF FuARING TooL AND Diz Biock REQUIRED FoR MAKING 
FLANGE TESTS OF BOILER TUBES 


169 Hydrostatic Tests. Tubes under 5 in. in diameter shall 
stand an internal hydrostatic pressure of 1,000 Ibs. per sq. in. and 
tubes 5 in. in diameter or over, an internal hydrostatic pressure of 
800 lbs. per sq. in., provided that the fibre stress does not exceed 
16,000 Ibs. per sq. in. in which case the test pressure shall be deter- 
mined by the following formula. 


percaik 32,000 xX. 
D 


Where t is the wall thickness in inches; 
D is the inside diameter in inches. 
Lapwelded tubes shall be struck near both ends, while under the 
test pressure, with a 2 lb. steel hand hammer with the blow to be 
equivalent to 2 lb. falling 2 ft. 


44 


170 Test Specimens. a All test specimens shall be taken from 
tubes before being cut to finished lengths and shall be smooth on the 
ends and free from burrs. 6 All tests shall be made cold. 

171 Number of Tests. One flange and one flattening test shall 
be made from each of two tubes in each lot of 250 or less. Each 
tube shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test. 

172 Retests. If the result of the physical tests of only one tube 
from any lot do not conform to the requirements specified in Pars. 
167 and 168, retests of two additional tubes from the same lot shal] 
be made, each of which shall conform to the requirements specified, 


ETCH TESTS FOR CHARCOAL IRON 


173 Etch Tests." A cross section of tube may be turned or 
ground to a perfectly true surface polished free from dirt or cracks, 
and etched until the soft parts are sufficiently dissolved for the iron 
tube to show a decided ridged surface with the weld very distinct, 
while a steel tube would show a homogeneous surface. 


IV WorRKMANSHIP AND FINISH 


174. Workmanship. Finished tubes 33 in. or under in outside 
diameter shall be circular within 0.02 in. and the mean outside 
diameter shall not vary more than 0.015 in. from the size ordered. 
For tubes over 34 in. in outside diameter, these variations shall not 
exceed 0.5 per cent of the outside diameter. All tubes shall be 
carefully gaged with a B. W. G. gage and shall not be less than the 
gage specified. Tubes on which the standard slot gage, specified, 
will go on tightly at the thinnest point, will be accepted. The 
length shall be not less, but may be 0.125 in. more than that ordered. 

175 Finish. The finished tubes shall be free from injurious 
defects and shall have a workmanlike finish and shall be practically 
free from kinks, bends and buckles. 


V MARKING 


176 Marking. The name or brand of the manufacturer, the 
material from which it is made, whether steel or charcoal iron, and 
‘““ Tested at 1000 lb.”’ for tubes under 5 in. in diameter, or ‘“‘ Tested at 
800 lb.” for tubes 5 in. in diameter or over, shall be legibly stenciled 
on each..tube. 

VI INSPECTION AND REJECTION 

177 Inspection. All tests and inspection shall be made at the 

place of manufacture. The manufacturer of boiler tubes shall 


1A solution of two parts of water, one part concentrated hydrochloric acid, and one part 
concentrated sulphuric acid is recommended for the etch test. 


485 


furnish the purchaser of each lot of tubes a statement of the kind of 
material of which the tubes are made, and that the tubes have been 
tested and have met all the requirements of these rules. This state- 
ment shall be furnished to the manufacturer using the tubes. 

178 Rejection. Tubes when inserted in the boiler shall stand 
expanding and beading without showing cracks or flaws, or opening 
at the weld. Tubes which fail in this manner will be rejected and the 
manufacturer shall be notified. 


CONSTRUCTION AND Maximum ALLOWABLE WoRKING PRESSURES 
FOR PowsER BOILERS 


179 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure. The maximum 
allowable working pressure is that at which a boiler may be operated 
as determined by employing the factors of safety, stresses, and 
dimensions designated in these Rules. 

No boiler shall be operated at a higher pressure than the maxi- 
mum allowable working pressure except when the safety valve or 
valves are blowing, at which time the maximum allowable working 
pressure shall not be exceeded by more than six per cent. 

Wherever the term maximum allowable working pressure is used 
herein, it refers to gage pressure, or the pressure above the atmosphere, 
in pounds per square inch. 

180 The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of a 
boiler or drum shall be determined by the strength of the weakest 
course, computed from the thickness of the plate, the tensile strength 
stamped thereon, as provided for in Par. 36, the efficiency of the 
longitudinal joint, or of the ligament between the tube holes in shell 
or drum (whichever is the least), the inside diameter of the course, 
and the factor of the safety. 

TSXtXk 


RXFS 
where 


= maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 


TS — ultimate tensile strength stamped on shell plates, as 

provided for in Par. 36, lb. per sq. in. 

¢ = minimum thickness of shell plates in weakest course, in. 

E = efficiency of longitudinal joint or of ligaments between 
tube holes (whichever is the least) 

R —inside radius of the weakest course of the shell or 
drum, in. 

FS = factor of safety, or the ratio of the ultimate strength of 
the material to the allowable stress. For new con- 
structions covered in Part I, /'S in the above for- 
mula = 5. 


46 


BorLeR JOINTS 


181 Efficiency of a Joint. The efficiency of a joint is the ratio 
which the strength of the joint bears to the strength of the solid 
plate. In the case of a riveted joint this is determined by calculating 
the breaking strength of a unit section of the joint, considering each 
possible mode of failure separately, and dividing the lowest result by 
the breaking strength of the solid plate of a length equal to that of the 
section considered. (See Appendix, Par. 410 to 416, for detailed 
methods and examples.) 

182 The distance between the center lines of any two adjacent 
rows of rivets, or the “‘ back pitch ’’ measured at right angles to the 
direction of the joint, shall be at least twice the diameter of the rivets 
and shall also meet the following requirements: 

a Where each rivet in the inner row comes midway between | 
two rivets in the outer row, the sum of the two diagonal 
sections of the plate between the inner rivet and the two 
outer rivets shall be at least 20 per cent greater than the 
section of the plate between the two rivets in the outer 
row. 

b Where two rivets in the inner row come between two rivets 
in the outer row, the sum of the two diagonal sections of 
the plate between the two inner rivets and the two rivets 
in the outer row shall be at least 20 per cent greater than 
the difference in the section of the plate between the two 
rivets in the outer row and the two rivets in the inner row. 

183 On longitudinal joints, the distance from the centers of 
rivet holes to the edges of the plates, except rivet holes in the ends of 
butt straps, shall be not less than one and one-half times the diameter 
of the rivet holes. 3 

184 Circumferential Joints. a The strength of circumferential 
joints of boilers, the heads of which are not stayed by tubes, or through 
braces, shall be at least 50 per cent of that required for the longitudinal 
joints of the same structure. 

b When 50 per cent or more of the load which would act on 
an unstayed solid head of the same diameter as the shell, 
is relieved by the effect of tubes or through stays, in 
consequence of the reduction of the area acted on by the 
pressure and the holding power of the tubes and stays, 
the strength of the circumferential joints in the shell shall 
be at least 35 per cent of that required for the longitudinal 
joints. 


47 


c In circumferential joints of horizontal return tubular 
boilers the shearing strength of the rivets shall be not 
less than 50 per cent of the full strength of the plate 
corresponding to the thickness at the joint. 

185 When shell plates exceed 7 in. in thickness in horizontal 
return tubular boilers, the portion of the plates forming the laps of the 
circumferential joints, where exposed to the fire or products of com- 
bustion, shall be planed or milled down as shown in Fig. 8, to 4 in. 
in thickness, provided the requirement in Par. 184 is complied with. 

186 Welded Joints. The ultimate strength of a joint which 
has been properly welded by the forging process, shall be taken as 
28,500 Ib. per sq. in., with steel plates having a range in tensile 
strength of 47,000 to 55,000 Ib. per sq. in. Autogenous welding may 
be used in boilers in cases where the strain is carried by other con- 
struction which conforms to the requirements of the Code and where 
the safety of the structure is not dependent upon the strength of the 
weld. Autogenous welding shall not be used in place of caulking 
in longitudinal or girth joints. 

187 Riveted Longitudinal Joints. The riveted longitudinal joints 
of a shell or drum which exceeds 36 in. in diameter, shall be of butt 
and double-strap construction. (This rule does not apply to the 
portion of a boiler shell which is staybolted to the firebox sheet). 

188 The longitudinal joints of a shell or drum which does not 


Fic. 8 CIRCUMFERENTIAL JOINT ror THICK PLATES OF HORIZONTAL RETURN 
TUBULAR BOILERS 


exceed 36 in. in diameter, may be of lap-riveted construction; but the 
maximum allowable working pressure shall not exceed 100 lb. per 
sq. in. 

189 The longitudinal joints of horizontal return tubular boilers 
shall be located above the fire-line of the setting. 

190 In horizontal return tubular boilers with lap joints no 
course shall be over 12 ft. long. With butt and double strap con- 


48 


struction longitudinal joints of any length may be used provided 
the tension test specimens are so cut from the plate that their length- 
wise direction is parallel with circumferential seams of the boiler and 
the tests meet the standards prescribed in the specifications for boiler 
plate steel. 

191 Butt straps and the ends of shell plates forming the longi- 
tudinal joints shall be rolled or formed by pressure, not blows, to the 
proper curvature 

LIGAMENTS 


192 Efficiency of Ligament. When a shell or drum is drilled for 
tubes in a line parallel to the axis of the shell or drum, the efficiency 
of the ligament between the tube holes shall be determined as follows: 

a When the pitch of the tube holes on every row is equal (Fig. 
9), the formula is: 


een hie efficiency of ligament 
Pp 
where 
p = pitch of tube holes, in. 
d == diameter of tube holes, in. 


Longitedinal Lime ee 


Fie. 9 EXAMPLE oF TUBE SPACING WITH PITCH oF 
Hotes Equa IN Every Row 


Example: Pitch of tube holes in the drum as shown in Fig. 9 
= 57 in. Diameter of tubes —31 in. Diameter of tube holes = 
3 az In. 

p—d 5.253.281 


; eo = 0.375, efficiency of ligament 


Longitudinal Foes ne 


Fic. 10 Exampue or Tuspe SpAcine witH Pirex 
or HOLES UNEQUAL IN Every SEconp Row 


49 


6 When the pitch of tube holes on any one row is unequal (as 
in Figs. 10 or 11), the formula is: 


p—n d 
P 


= efficiency of ligament 


where 
p = unit length of ligament, in. 
n = number of tube holes in length, p. 
d == diameter of tube holes, in. 
Example: Spacing shown in Fig. 10. Diameter of tube holes = 
3 35 In. 
p—n 28X32 : ie 
Toi RPh ie Wie PS Newdae 0.453, efficiency of ligament 
p 12 
Example: Spacing shown in Fig 11. Diameter of tube holes 
sais a's in. 
p—md _— 29.25—5 3.281 
29.25 


Ee 6-60: <6 4" re ond 


Longitudinal Line ———> 
Fig. 11 EXxaAmpie or Tuse SPACING WITH PrtcH or HOLES 
VARYING IN EvERY SECOND AND THIRD Row 


— 0.439, efficiency of ligament 


193 When a shell or drum is drilled for tube holes in a line 
diagonal with the axis of the shell or drum as shown in Fig. 12, the 
efficiency of the ligament between the tube holes shall be determined 
by the following methods and the lowest value used. 


LiPo Ane) == efficiency of ligament 
P1 
b vam = efficiency of ligament 
Pp 
where 


pi = diagonal pitch of tube holes, in. 

d = diameter of tube holes, in. 

p = longitudinal pitch of tube holes or distance between 
centers of tubes in a longitudinal row, in. 


Cues 


D0 


The constant 0.95 in formula a applies provided 4 is 1.5 or over 


Example: Diagonal pitch of tube holes in drum as shown in 
Fig. 12 6.42 in. | 

Diameter of tube holes 4 45 in. 

Longitudinal pitch of tube holes = 113 in. 


0.95 (6.42—4.081) 

6.42 

11.5—4.031 
11.5 


= 0.3538, efficiency of ligament 


= 0.649, efficiency of ligament 


The value determined by formula a is the least and is the one 
that shall be used in this case. 


Longitudinal Line ———> 


Fig. 12 ExamMputrE or TUBE SPACING WITH TUBE HOLES ON DIAGONAL LINES 


194. Domes. The longitudinal joint of a dome 24 in. or over 
in diameter shall be of butt and double-strap construction irrespec- 
tive of pressure. When the maximum allowable working pressure 
exceeds 100 Ib. per sq. in. the flange of a dome 24 in. or over in 
diameter shall be double riveted to the boiler shell. 

The longitudinal joint of a dome less than 24 in. in diameter may 
be of the lap type, and its flange may be single riveted to the boiler 
shell provided the maximum allowable working pressure on such a 
dome is computed with a factor of safety of not less than 8. 


51 


The dome may be located on the barrel or over the fire-box on 
traction, portable or stationary boilers of the locomotive type up 
to and including 48 in. barrel diameter. For larger barrel diameters, 
the dome shall be placed on the barrel. 


DisHED Habs 


195 Conver Heads. The thickness required in an unstayed 
dished head with the pressure on the concave side, when it is a 
segment of a sphere, shall be calculated by the following formula: 

_ b.56XPXL 
xTS ** 
where 
¢ = thickness of plate, in. 
P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
T'S = tensile strength, lb. per sq. in. | 
[ = radius to which the head is dished, in. 


Where the radius is less than 80 per cent of the diameter of the 
shell or drum to which the head is attached the thickness shall be at 
least that found by the formula by making L equal to 80 per cent of 
the diameter of the shell or drum. } 

Where two radii are used the longer shall be taken as the value 
of LZ in the formula. 

Concave Heads. Dished heads with the pressure on the convex 
side shall have a maximum allowable working pressure equal to 60 
per cent of that for heads of the same dimensions with the pressure 
on the concave side. 

When a dished head has a manhole opening, the thickness as 
found by these Rules shall be increased by not less than % in. over 
that called for by the formula. 

196 When dished heads are of a less thickness than called for 
_by Par. 195, they shall be stayed as flat surfaces, no allowance being 
made in such staying for the holding power due to the spherical form. 

197 The corner radius of an unstayed dished head measured on 
the concave side of the head shall not be less than 14 in. or more 
than 4 in. and within these limits shall be not less than 3 per cent of 
L in Par. 195. 

198 A manhole opening in a dished head shall be flanged to a 
depth of not less than three times the thickness of the head measured 
from the outside. 


52 


BRACED AND STAYED SURFACES 


199 The maximum allowable working pressure for various 
thicknesses of braced and stayed flat plates and those which by these 
Rules require staying as flat surfaces with braces or staybolts of 
uniform diameter symmetrically spaced, shall be calculated by the 
formula: 

?? 


2 


p 


P=CX 


where 


P =maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
¢ = thickness of plate in sixteenths of an inch 


P = maximum pitch measured between straight lines passing 
through the centers of the staybolts in the different 
rows, which lines may be horizontal, vertical or in- 
clined, in. 


C = 112 for stays screwed through plates not over 7% in. 
thick with ends riveted over 


C == 120 for stays screwed through plates over 7% in. thick 
with ends riveted over 


C’ = 135 for stays screwed through plates and fitted with 
single nuts outside of plate 


C = 150 for stays screwed through plates or made a taper 
fit and having the heads formed on the stays before 
installing them and not riveted over, said heads being 
made to have a true bearing on the plate and the 
diameter of the heads being not less than 1.4 times 
the diameter of the stays. 

If flat boiler plates not less than 2 in. thick are strengthened with 
doubling plates securely riveted thereto and having a thickness of 
not less than 2 ¢, then the value of ¢ in the formula shall be 2 of the 
combined thickness of the boiler plate and doubling plates but not 
more than 1% times the thickness of the boiler plate, and the values 
of C given above may also be increased 15 per cent. 

When two sheets are connected by stays and but one of these 
sheets requires staying, the value of C is governed by the thickness 
of the sheet requiring stays. 


53 


C == 175 for stays fitted with inside and outside nuts and 
outside washers where the diameter of washers is not 
less than 0.4: and thickness not less than ¢. 

If flat plates not less than in. thick are strengthened with doubling 
plates securely riveted thereto and having a thickness of not less 
than 3 ¢, nor more than ¢, then the value of ¢ in the formula shall 
be 2 of the combined thickness of the plates and the values of C 
given above may also be increased 15 per cent. 

200 Staybolis. The ends of screwed staybolts shall be riveted 
over or upset by equivalent process. Staybolts must be hollow or 
the outside ends of solid staybolts shall be drilled with a hole at 
least z35 in. diameter to a depth extending at least 4 in. beyond 
the pressure side of the plates, except on boilers having a grate area 
not exceeding 15 sq. ft., or the equivalent in gas or oil fired boilers, 
where the drilling of the staybolts is optional. Flexible staybolts 
of either the jointed or ball and socket type need not be drilled. 

201 When channel irons or other members are securely riveted 
to the boiler heads for attaching through stays the transverse stress 
on such members shall not exceed 12,500 lb. per sq. in. In computing 
the stress, the section modulus of the member shall be used without 
addition for the strength of the plate. The spacing of the rivets over 
the supported surface shall be in conformity with that specified for 
staybolts. 

If the outstanding legs of the two members are fastened together 
so that they may act as one member in resisting the bending action 
produced by the load on the rivets attaching the members to the 
head of the boiler, and provided that the spacing of these rivets 
attaching the members to the head is approximately uniform, the 
members may be figured as a single beam uniformly loaded and 
supported at the points where the through braces are attached. 

202 The ends of stays fitted with nuts shall not be exposed to 
the direct radiant heat of the fire. 

203a The maximum spacing between centers of rivets or between 
the edges of tube holes and the centers of rivets attaching the crowfeet 
of braces to the braced surface, shall be determined by the formula 
in Par. 199, using 135 for the value of C. 

6 The maximum distance between the edges of tube holes and 
the centers of other types of stays shall be determined by the 
formula in Par. 199 using the value of C given in Par. 199 which 
applies to the thickness of plate and type of stay used. 

c The maximum spacing between the inner surface of the shell 


54 


and lines parallel to the surface of the shell passing through the 
centers of the rivets attaching the crowfeet of braces to the head 
shall be determined by the formula in Par. 199, using 175 for the 
value of C. 

d The maximum distance between the inner surface of the 
shell and the centers of braces of other types shall be determined 
by the formula in Par. 199 using a value of C equal to 1.3 times 
that value of C in Par. 199 which applies to the thickness of plate 
and type of stay as therein specified. 

e In applying these rules and those in Par. 199 to a head or 
plate having a manhole or reinforced opening, the spacing applies 
only to the plate around the opening and not across the opening. 


TABLE 3 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PITCH, IN INCHES, OF SCREWED STAYBOLTS, 
ENDS RIVETED OVER 


‘ Thickness of Plate, In. 


Pressure, 
Lb. per Sq. In. 

100 54 63% 134 ee Meee deh Ce ee ee 
110 5 6 7 836 owl. cle ss sles ete eee ee 
120 434 534 634 Be wae cece alo 0 hee at 
125 434 5% 65% (6 in EN a 
130 454 5% 64 (La GAO ee 
140 446 534 64 73% 836° ° Taw cae ai ee 
150 44 5% 6 7% 8. la Sega 
160 4% 5 5% 6% (6, Gee ge Se 
170 4 4% 55% 634 7% S95. Alone 
1ISOai tes lerevenite 434 5% 614 7% 834.) 1k pee 
LOOM ae ER oR eee 454 53% 63% 7% 734 | eee . 
1 kate NN A.) Widest Mech 414 5% 6% 7 734 8% 
BEB i cyh Se gee Riee te. . 414 4% 5% 6% 74 8 

250 1) (LM Che: 4 454 54 634 6% 7% 
=U hahaa apes PMS prelates beeches 4c) 414 5 554 6% 7 


204. The formula in Par. 199 was used in computing Table 3. 
Where values for screwed stays with ends riveted over are required 
for conditions not given in Table 3, they may be computed from 
the formula and used, provided the pitch does not exceed 8% in. 

205 The distance from the edge of a staybolt hole to a straight 
line tangent to the edges of the rivet holes may be substituted for p 
for staybolts adjacent to the riveted edges bounding a stayed surface. 
When the edge of a stayed plate is flanged, p shall be measured from 
the inner surface of the flange, at about the line of rivets to the edge. 
of the staybolts or to the projected edge of the staybolts. 


55 


206 The distance between the edges of the staybolt holes may 
be substituted for p for staybolts adjacent to a furnace door or 
other boiler fitting, tube hole, hand hole or other opening. 

207 In water leg boilers, the staybolts may be spaced at greater 
distances between the rows than indicated in Table 3, provided the 
portions of the sheet which come between the rows of staybolts have 
the proper transverse strength to give a factor of safety of at least 5 
at the maximum allowable working pressure. 

208 ‘The diameter of a screw stay shall be taken at the bottom 
of the thread, provided this is the least diameter. 


Fic. 13 MeEtTHop or DETERMINING NET AREA OF SEGMENT OF A HEAD 


209 The least cross-sectional area of a stay shall be taken in 
calculating the allowable stress, except that when the stays are 
welded and have a larger cross-sectional area at the weld than at 
some other point, in which case the strength at the weld shall be 
computed as well as in the solid part and the lower value used. 

210 Holes for screw stays shall be drilled full size or punched 
not to exceed { in. less than full diameter of the hole for plates over 
77s In. in thickness, and + in. less than the full diameter of the 
hole for plates not exceeding 3’; in. in thickness, and then drilled 
or reamed to the full diameter. The holes shall be tapped fair and 
true, with a full thread. 

211 The ends of steel stays upset for threading, shall be thor- 
oughly annealed. 

212 An internal cylindrical furnace which requires staying shall 
be stayed as a flat surface as indicated in Table 3. 


56 


213 Staying Segments of Heads. A segment of a head shall 
be stayed by head to head, through, diagonal, crowfoot or gusset 
stays, except that a horizontal return tubular boiler may be stayed 
as provided in Pars. 225 to 229. 

214 Areas of Segments of Heads to be Stayed. The area of a 
segment of a head to be stayed shall be the area enclosed by lines 
drawn 2 in. from the tubes and a distance d from the shell as shown 
in Figs. 13 and 14. The value of d shall be the larger of the following 
values but not less than 3 in. 

(1) d = the outer radius of the flange not exceeding 8 times 

the thickness of the head. 


d = distance in inches 
¢ == thickness of head in sixteenths of an inch 
P = maximum allowable working pressure in lb. per sq. in. 
Nore: Dimensions marked 3” in Figs. 13 and 14 changed to 
(i rt 
215 When drum heads of water tube boilers are 30 in. or less 
in diameter and the tube plate is stiffened by flanged ribs or gussets, 
no stays need be used if a hydrostatic test to destruction of a boiler 
or unit section built in accordance with. the construction, shows 
that the factor of safety is at least 5. 


ogggceooge3e 
: LP 


Fic. 14 METHOD oF DETERMINING NET AREA OF IRREGULAR 
SEGMENT OF A HEAD 


216 Stays shall be used in the tube sheets of a fire tube boiler 
if the distance between the edges of the tube holes exceeds the 
maximum pitch of staybolts for the corresponding plate thickness 
and pressure given in Table 3. That part of the tube sheet which 
comes between the tubes and the shell need not be stayed if the 


57 


greatest distance between the inside of the shell and the nearest 
tangent common to two tube holes when measured on any radius 
of the tube sheet that intersects the tangent between the holes does 
not exceed this maximum pitch by more than 3 in. The tube holes 
to which a common tangent may be drawn in applying this rule 
shall not be at a greater distance from edge to edge than the maxi- 
mum pitch referred to. 

217 The net area to be stayed in a segment of a head may be 
determined by the following formula: 


4 (H—5)'y/ eels), —0.608 = area to be stayed, sq. in. 
3 (H—5) 


where 


H = distance from tubes to shell, in. 
R = radius of boiler head, in. 


218 When the portion of the head below the tubes in a horizon- 
tal return tubular boiler is provided with a manhole opening, the 
flange of which is formed from the solid plate and turned inward 
to a depth of not less than three times the thickness of the head, 
measured from the outside, the area to be stayed as indicated in 
Fig. 14, may be reduced by 100 sq. in. The surface around the 
manhole shall be supported by through stays with nuts inside and 
outside at the front head. The distance in the clear between the 
bodies of the braces, or of the inside braces where more than two 
are used, shall not be less than 10 in. at any point. | 


TABLE 4. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR STAYS AND STAYBOLTS- 


Stresses, Lb. per Sq. In. 


Description of Stays 
For Lengths between | For Lengths between 
Supports not Exceed- | Supports Exceeding 
in 120 Diameters 120 Diameters 


a Unwelded stays less than twenty diameters long 


screwed through plates with ends riveted over. 7500 
b Unwelded stays and unwelded portions of welded 

stays, except as specified in linea............ 9500 8500 
c Steel through stays exceeding 13 in. diameter... 10400 9000 


AaW CIGECpOFtIONS: Of SLAVS... ,.n0; creo «essere ss 6000 6000 


58 


219 When stay rods are screwed through the sheets and riveted 
over, they shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 6 ft In 
boilers without manholes, stay rods over 6 ft. in length may be 
screwed through the sheets and fitted with nuts and washers on 
the outside. 


220a The full pitch dimensions of the stays shall be employed 
in determining the area to be supported by a stay and the area 
occupied by the stay shall be deducted therefrom to obtain the 
net area. The product of the net area in square inches by the 
maximum allowable working pressure in lb. per sq. in. gives the 
load to be supported by the stay. 


b Where stays come near bounding surfaces and special allow- 
ances are made for the spacing, the load to be carried by such stays 
shall be determined by neglecting the added area provided for by 
these special allowances. For example, if the minimum pitch by 
Table 3 would make a staybolt come 6 in. from the edge of the 
plate and a special allowance would make it come 7 in., the distance 
of 6 in. should be used in computing the load to be carried. 


c The maximum allowable stress per square inch net cross- 
sectional area of stays and staybolts shall be as given in Table 4. 


d The length of the stay between supports shall be measured 
from the inner faces of the stayed plates. The stresses are based 
on tension only. For computing stresses in diagonal stays, see 
Pars. 221 and. 222. 


_ 221 Stresses in Diagonal and Gusset Stays. Multiply the area 
of a direct stay required to support the surface by the slant or diagonal 
length of the stay; div:de this product by the length of a line drawn 
at right angles to surface supported to center of palm of diagonal 
stay. The quotient will be the required area of the diagonal stay. 


axl 
l 


As 


where 


A = sectional area of diagonal stay, sq. in. 
a = sectional area of direct stay, sq. in. 
L = length of diagonal stay, as indicated in Fig. 15, in, 


d9 


l= length of line drawn at right angles to boiler head or 


surface supported to center of palm of diagonal stay, 
as indicated in Fig. 15, in. 


es 4'\ 


At UT LO HE, 


Se, 
: 
gN 
oe 8 


Fic. 15 MEASUREMENTS FOR DETERMINING STRESSES IN 
DIAGONAL STAYS 


Given diameter of direct stay = 1 in., a = 0.7854, L = 60 in., 
1 = 48 in.; substituting and solving: 
0.7854 X 60 
Aes ee 
48 


Diameter = 1.11 in. = 1} in. 


= 0.981 sectional area, sq. in. 


222 For staying segments of tube sheets such as in horizontal 
return tubular boilers, where L is not more than 1.15 times / for any 
brace, the stays may be calculated as direct stays, allowing 90 per 
cent of the stress given in Table 4. 

223 Diameter of Pins and Area of Rivets in Brace. All rivet 
and pin holes shall conform with the requirements in Par. 253 and 
the pins shall be made a neat fit. To determine the sizes that shall 
be used proceed as follows: 

1 Determine the ‘ required cross-sectional area of the brace’’ 
by first computing the total load to be carried by the brace, an:! 
dividing the total load by the values of stresses for unwelded sta, : 
given in Table 4, 


60 


2 Design the body of the brace so that the cross-sectional area 
shall be at least equal to the ‘‘ required cross-sectional area of the 
brace’ for unwelded braces. Where the braces are welded, the 
cross-sectional area at the weld shall be at least as great as that 
computed for a stress of 6,000 Ib. per sq. in. (see Table 4). 


3 Make the area of pins to resist double shear at least # of the 
“required cross-sectional area of the brace.’ 

4 Make the combined cross-section of the eye at the side of 
the pin (in crowfoot braces) at least 25 per cent greater than the 
“required cross-sectional area of the brace.” 

5 Make the combined cross-sectional area of the rivets at each 
end of the brace at least 14 times the “‘ required cross-sectional area 
of the brace.” 

6 Design each branch of a crowfoot to carry two-thirds the 
total load on the brace. | 

7 Make the net sectional areas through the sides of the crowfeet, 
tee irons, or similar fastenings at the rivet holes at least equal to 
the required rivet section, that is, at least equal to 14 times the 
“required cross-sectional area of the brace.” 

8 Make the cross-sectional areas through the blades of diagonal 
braces where attached to the shell of the boiler at least equal to 
the required rivet section, that is, at least equal to 1} times the 
‘“‘ required cross-sectional area of the brace.” 


TABLE 5 SIZES OF ANGLES REQUIRED FOR STAYING SEGMENTS OF HEADS 


With the short legs of the angles attached to the head of the boiler 
fo pec nn RN SR a SEEN PANS Sa ht nse ES 


30” Boiler 34” Boiler 36” Boiler 
Height Di 
of Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle | Angle |*7!™°?- 
Segment, |3’x214"|314"x3"| 4”x3” |314"x3"| 4”x3” | 5’x3” | 4”x3” | 5”x3” [6’x314 pir: 
in 


Dimension B} 
in Fig. 16 | Thick- 
ness, 


Thick- | Thick-| Thick-| Thick- | Thick- | Thick-| Thick-| Thick-| ¥¥8- 16 
ness, | ness, | mess, { ness, | ness, | mess, | ness, } ness, 


inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches | inches 
10 36 vs vs 4 cae age a Sa sae 6% 
11 is 3% is is is is cm be 7 a 7 
12 is 16 3% 4 is vs is is — 74 
13 4 vs is is 4 is is 3% —e 8 
14 Ty ise a a 5% 3% % is % 8% 
15 “3 rs = a a 4 34 4 % 9 
16 <2 — a — — — — b% ts 9% 


61 


224 Gusset stays when constructed of triangular right-angled 
web plates secured to single or double angle bars along the two sides 
at right angles shall have a cross-sectional area (in a plane at right 
_ angles to the longest side and passing through the intersection of the 
two shorter sides) not less than 10 per cent greater than would be 
required for a diagonal stay to support the same surface, figured 
by the formula in Par. 221, assuming the diagonal stay is at the 
same angle as the longest side of the gusset plate. 

225 Staying of Upper Segments of Tube Heads by Steel Angles. 
When the shell of a boiler does not exceed 36 in. in diameter and is 
designed for a maximum allowable working pressure not exceeding 
100 lb. per sq. in., the segment of heads above the tubes may be 
stayed by steel angles as specified in Table 5 and Fig. 16, except 
that angles of equal thickness and greater depth of outstanding 
leg, or of greater thickness and the same depth of outstanding leg, 
may be substituted for those specified. The legs attached to the 
heads may vary in depth 4 in. above or below the dimensions specified 
in Table 5. 

226 When this form of bracing is to be placed on a boiler, the 
diameter of which is intermediate to or below the diameters given 
in Table 5, the tabular values for the next higher diameter shall 
govern. Rivets of the same diameter as used in the longitudinal 
seams of the boiler shall be used to attach the angles to the head 
and to connect the outstanding legs. 


SS a 
7 Tee ne 


DN cess 
dee Table 


| 
eee 


Bia 


OOO1O00 

620 00.0" 

Sore) a 
D 


= 
ee 


Fig. 16 Svayvina or HEAD WITH STEEL ANGLES IN TUBULAR BOILER 


62 


227 The rivets attaching angles to heads shall be spaced not 
over 4 in. apart. The centers of the end rivets shall be not over 
3 in. from the ends of the angle. The rivets through the outstanding 
legs shall be spaced not over 8 in. apart; the centers of the end rivets 
shall be nor more than 4 in. from the ends of the angles. The ends 
of the angles shall be considered those of the outstanding legs and 
the lengths shall be such that their ends overlap a circle 3 in. inside 
the inner surface of the shell as shown in Fig. 16. 


228 The distance from the center of the angles to the shell of 
the boiler, marked A in Fig. 16, shall not exceed the values given in 
Table 5, but in no ease shall the leg attached to the head on the 
lower angle come closer than 2 in. to the top of the tubes. 

229 When segments are beyond the range specified in Table 5, 
the heads shall be braced or stayed in accordance with the require- 
ments in these Rules. 

230 Crown Bars and Girder Stays. Crown bars and girder 
stays for tops of combustion chambers and back connections, or 
wherever used, shall be proportioned to conform to the following 
formula: 


: 2 
Maximum allowable working pressure = * /OXdKiaaae 
(W—P)XDXW 


where 
W = extreme distance between supports, in. 
P = pitch of supporting bolts, in. 
D = distance between girders from center to center, in. 
d = depth of girder, in. 
T = thickness of girder, in. 
C = 7000 when the girder is fitted with one supporting bolt 
C = 10,000 when the girder is fitted with two or three 
supporting bolts 
C = 11,000 when the girder is fitted with four or five sup- 
porting bolts 
C = 11,500 when the girder is fitted with six or seven sup- 
porting bolts 
C = 12,000 when the girder is fitted with eight or more 
supporting bolts 


63 


Example: Given W — 34 in, P = 7.5 in, D = 7.75 in, 
— 7.5 in., T = 2 in.; three stays per girder, C = 10,000; then 
substituting in formula: 
Maximum allowable working pressure = 
10,000*7.5X7.5x*2 


(347.5) X7.75 X34 161.1 lb. per sq. in. 

231 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure on Truncated Cones. 
a Upper combustion chambers of vertical submerged tubular boilers 
made in the shape of a frustum of a cone when not over 38 in. 
diameter at the large end, may be used without stays if figured by 
the rule for plain cylindrical furnaces (Par. 239) making D in the 
formula equal to the diameter at the large end. 


b When over 38 in. in diameter at the large end, that portion 
which is over 30 in. in diameter shall be fully supported by staybolts 
or gussets to conform to the provisions for staying flat surfaces. 
In this case the top row of staybolts shall be at a point where the 
cone top is 30 in. or less in diameter. 


In calculating the pressure permissible on the unstayed portion 
of the cone, the vertical distance between the horizontal planes 
passing through the centers of the rivets at the cone top, and through 
the center of the top row of staybolts shall be used as L in Par. 239, 
and D in that paragraph shall be the inside diameter at the center 
of the top row of staybolts. 


232 Stay Tubes. When stay-tubes are used in multitubular 
boilers to give support to the tube plates, the sectional area of such 
stay tubes may be determined as follows: 


Total section of stay tubes, sq. in. = ee 
where . 
A —area of that portion of the tube plate containing the 
tubes, sq. in. 
a= aggregate area of holes in the tube plate, sq. in. 
P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
T = working tensile stress allowed in the tubes, not to exceed 
7000 lb. per sq. in. 


233 The pitch of stay tubes shall conform to the formula given 
in Par. 199, using the values of C as given in Table 6. 


64 


TABLE 6. VALUES OF C FOR DETERMINING PITCH OF STAY TUBES 


When tubes When tubes 
* Pitch of Stay Tubes in the Bounding Rows have noua are Viva ae 
Plates of Plates 
Where there are two plain tubes between each stay tube... 120 130 
Where there is one plain tube between each stay tube...... 140 150 
. Where every tube in the bounding rows is a stay tube and 
each alternate tube basa nuts Where. bas ee ieds ate oe, 170 


When the ends of tubes are not shielded from the action of flame or 
radiant heat, the values of C' shall be reduced 20 per cent. The tubes 
shall project about % in. at each end and be slightly flared. Stay 
tubes when threaded shall not be less than 33; in. thick at bottom of 
thread; nuts on stay tubes are not advised. For a nest of tubes C 
shall be taken as 140 and S as the mean pitch of stay tubes. For 
spaces between nests of tubes S shall be taken as the horizontal | 
distance from center to center of the bounding rows of tubes and C 
as given in Table 6. 


TUBE SHEETS OF COMBUSTION CHAMBERS 


234 The maximum allowable working pressure on a tube sheet 
of a combustion chamber, where the crown sheet is not suspended from 
the shell of the boiler, shall be determined by the following formula: 

(D—d) T X27 , 000 
WxD 


P= 


where 
P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
D = least horizontal distance between tube centers, in. 
d = inside diameter of tubes, in. 
T = thickness of tube plate, in. 
W = distance from tube sheet to opposite combustion chamber 
sheet, in. 


Example: Required the working pressure of a tube sheet sup- 
porting a crown sheet braced by crown bars Horizontal distance 
between centers, 4 in.; inside diameter of tubes, 2.782 in.; thickness 
of tube sheets, }¢ in.; distance from tube sheet to opposite com- 
bustion chamber sheet, 34% in., measured from outside of tube plate 
to outside of back plate; material, steel. Substituting and solving: 


__ (4.125—2.782) X0.6875 X 27 , 000 
34.25 4.125 


P = 176 lb. per sq. in. 


65 


235 Sling stays may be used in place of girders in all cases cov- 
ered in Par. 234, provided, however, that when such sling stays are 


JOINT IN FURNACE SHEET 


used, girders or screw stays of the same sectional area shall be used for 
securing the bottom of the combustion chamber to the boiler shell. 

236 When girders are dispensed with and the top and bottom 
of combustion chambers are secured by sling stays or braces, the sec- 
tional area of such stays shall conform with the requirements of rules 
for stays and stayed surfaces. 

237 Furnaces of Vertical Boilers In a vertical fire-tube boiler 
the furnace length, for the purpose of calculating its strength and 
spacing staybolts over its surface, shall be measured from the center 
of rivets in the bottom of the water-leg to the center of rivets in the 
flange of the lower tube sheet. 

238 When the longitudinal joint of the furnace sheet of a vertical 
fire-tube boiler is. of lap-riveted construction and staybolted, a stay 
bolt in each circular row shall be located near the longitudinal joint, 
as shown in Fig. 17. | 

239 Plain Circular Furnaces. Unstayed furnaces more than 
18 in. diameter when riveted or of seamless construction or such 
furnaces when lapwelded by the forging process shall have walls not 
less than ,°5 in. thick. The maximum allowable working pressure 
for such furnaces shall be determined by one or the other of the 

following formulae: 
a Where the length does not exceed 120 times the thickness of 
the plate 
-- (18.75X T) — (1.031) \ 
b Where the length exceeds 120 times the thickness of the plate 
panes 4250 T? 
LXD 


"66 


where 
P =maximum allowable working pressure, Ib. per sq. in. 
D = outside diameter of furnace, In. 
L = total length of furnace between centers of head rivet 
seams (not length of a section), in. 
T — thickness of furnace walls, in sixteenths of an inch 

Where the furnace has a riveted longitudinal joint, it may be of 
the lap type for inside diameters not exceeding 30 in. but shall be of 
butt and strap construction for inside diameters exceeding 30 in. 
The efficiency of the joint shall be greater than: 

PXD 
Te 250 ae 

Example. Given a furnace 26 in. in diameter, 94 in. long and 
+ in. thick. The length exceeds 120 times the thickness of the plate, 
hence the formula (6) should be used. Substituting the values in 
this formula: 

ies SDE eS seat ae 111 lb. per sq. in. 
94 X 26 

240 A plain cylindrical furnace exceeding 38 in. in diameter shall 
be stayed in accordance with the rules governing flat surfaces. 

241 Circular Flues. The maximum allowable working pressure 
for seamless or welded flues more than 5 in. in diameter and up to and 
yncluding 18 in. in diameter shall be determined by one or the other 
of the following formulae: 


a Where the thickness of the wall is less than 0.023 times the 
diameter 


_ 10,000,000x T8 

ae D3 } 

b Where the thickness of the wall is greater than 0.023 times 
the diameter 


yapeae: 


P 


i DUO Xa) O75 
where 
P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
D = outside diameter of flue, in. 
T = thickness of wall of flue, in. 

c The above formulae may be applied to riveted flues of the 
sizes specified provided the sections are not over 3 ft. in 
length and provided the efficiency of the joint is greater 
than PXD divided by 20,000 T. 


67 


Example. Given a flue 14 in. in diameter and 3°; in. thick. 
The thickness of the wall is less than 0.023 times the diameter; hence 
the formula (a) should be used. Substituting the values in this 
formula: 

ft 10,000 ,000 5/16 5/16 X 5/16 


i4X 14X 14 


—= 110 lb. per sq. in. 


242 Adamson Type. When plain horizontal flues are made in 
sections not less than 18 in. in length, and not less than 4’; in. thick: 

a They shall be flanged with a radius measured on the fire side, 
of not less than three times the thickness of the plate, and the flat 
portion of the flange outside of the radius shall be at least three times 
the diameter of the rivet holes. 

b The distance from the edge of the rivet holes to the edge of the 
flange shall be not less than the diameter of the rivet hole, and the 
diameter of the rivets before driving shall be at least 4 in. larger than 
the thickness of the plate. | 

c The depth of the Adamson ring between the flanges shall be not 
less than three times the diameter of the rivet holes, and the ring shall 
be substantially riveted to the flanges. The fire edge of the ring shall 


- terminate at or about the point of tangency to the curve of the flange, 


and the thickness of the ring shall be not less than 4 in. 
The maximum allowable working pressure shall be determined by 
the following formula: 


W506! f ah 
Erica 1 eexXT) (082) } 


where 
P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 
D = outside diameter of furnace, in. 
L = length of furnace section, in. 
T = thickness of plate, in sixteenths of an inch. 


Example. Given a furnace 44 in. in diameter, 48 in. in length, 
and 4 in. thick. Substituting values in formula: 
P a (18.758) — (1.03 X48) \ 


== 1.309 (150—49.44) = 131 lb. per sq. in. 
243 The maximum allowable working pressure on corrugated 


furnaces, such as the Leeds suspension bulb, Morison, Fox, Purves, or 
Brown, having plain portions at the ends not exceeding 9 in. in length 


68 


(except flues especially provided for) when new and practically circu- 
lar, shall be computed as follows: 


where 


“inl OKE 
D 


P = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. 

T = thickness, in.— not less than 5/16 in. for Leeds, Morison, 
Fox and Brown, and not less than 7/16 in. for Purves 
and other furnaces corrugated by sections not over 18 
in. long. 

D = mean diameter, in. 

C = 17,300, a constant for Leeds furnaces, when corrugations 
are not more than 8 in. from center to center and not 
less than 2% in. deep. 

C = 15,600, a constant for Morison furnaces, when corruga- 

: tions are not less than 8 in. from center to center and 
the radius of the outer corrugations is not more than 
one-half that of the suspension curve. ; 

C = 14,000, a constant for Fox furnaces, when corrugations 
are not more than 8 in. from center to center and not 
less than 1} in. deep. 

C = 14,000, a constant for Purves furnaces, when rib projec- 
tions are not more than 9 in. from center to center and 
not less than 12 in. deep. 

C = 14,000, a constant for Brown furnaces, when corrugations 
are not more than 9 in. from center to center and not 
less than 13 in. deep. 

C = 10,000, a constant for furnaces corrugated by sections not 
more than 18 in. from center to center and not less 
than 23 in. deep, measured from the least inside to 
the greatest outside diameter of the corrugations, and 
having the ends fitted one into the other and substan- 
tially riveted together, provided that the plain parts 
at the ends do not exceed 12 in. in length. 


In calculating the mean diameter of the Morison furnace, the least 
inside diameter plus 2 in., may be taken as the mean diameter. 

244 The thickness of a corrugated or ribbed furnace shall be 
ascertained by actual measurement. The furnace shall be drilled for 


a f-In. 


pipe tap and fitted with a screw plug that can be removed for 


the purpose of measurement. For the Brown and Purves furnaces, 


69. 


the holes shall be in the center of the second flat; for the Morison, 
Fox and other similar types, in the center of the top corrugation, at 
least as far in as the fourth corrugation from the end of the furnace. 

245 Cast Iron Headers. ‘The pressure allowed on a water-tube 
boiler, the tubes of which are secured to cast-iron or malleable-iron 
headers, shall not exceed 160 Ib. per sq. in. The form and size of the 
internal cross section of a cast-iron or malleable-iron header at any 
point shall be such that it will fall within a 6 in. by 7 in. rectangle. 

246a The cast-iron used for the headers of water-tube boilers shall 
conform with the Specifications for Gray-iron Castings given in Pars. 
95 to 110, the header to be arbitrarily classified as a ‘“‘ medium 
casting ’’ as to physical properties and tests, and as a “‘ light casting ”’ 
as to chemical properties. 

246b A cast-iron header when tested to destruction, shall with- 
stand a hydrostatic pressure of at least 1200 Ib. per sq. in. A hydro- 
static test at 400 lb. per sq. in. gage pressure shall be made on all new 
headers with tubes attached. 

247 Where it is impossible to calculate with a reasonable degree 
of safety the strength of a boiler structure or any part thereof, a full 
sized sample shall be built by the manufacturer and tested to destruc- 
tion in the presence of the Boiler Code Committee or a representative 
of the Boiler Code Committee appointed to witness such test. 


TUBES 


248 Tube Holes and Ends. ‘Tube holes shall be drilled full size 
from the solid plate, or they may be punched at least § in. smaller 
in diameter than full size, and then drilled, reamed or finished full 
size with a rotating cutter. 

249 The sharp edges of tube holes shall be taken off on both sides 
of the plate with a file or other tool. 

250 A fire-tube boiler shall have the ends of the tubes substan- 
tially rolled and beaded, or rolled and welded at the firebox or com- 
bustion chamber end. 

251 The ends of all tubes, suspension tubes and nipples shall be 
flared not less than ¢ in. over the diameter of the tube hole on all 
water-tube boilers and superheaters, or they may be beaded. 

252 The ends of all tubes, suspension tubes and nipples of water- 
tube boilers and superheaters shall project through the tube sheets or 
headers not less than { in. nor more than 4 in. before flaring. 


70 


RIVETING 


253 Riveting. Rivet holes shall be drilled full size or they may 
be punched not to exceed } in. less than full diameter for material 
over 7; in. in thickness, and } in. less than full diameter for material 
not exceeding 3; in. in thickness, and then drilled or reamed 
to full diameter. 

254 After drilling rivet holes, the plates and butt straps shall be 
separated and the burrs removed. 

255 Rivets. Rivets shall be of sufficient length to completely fill 
the rivet holes and form heads at least equal in strength to the bodies 
of the rivets. Forms of rivet heads that will be acceptable are shown 
in Fig. 17a. 

256 Rivets shall be machine driven wherever possible, with 
sufficient pressure to fill the rivet holes, and shall be allowed to cool 
and shrink under pressure. 


CALKING 


257. Calking. The calking edges of plates, butt straps and 
head shall be beveled. Every portion of the sheared surfaces of 
the calking edges of plates, butt straps and heads shall be planed, 
milled or chipped to a depth of not less than § in. Calking shall be 
done with a round-nosed tool. 


MANHOLES 


258 Manholes. An elliptical manhole opening shall be not less 
than 11 X 15 in. or 10 X 16 in. in size. A circular manhole opening 
shall be not less than 15 in. in diameter. 

259 A manhole reinforcing ring when used, shall be of steel or 
wrought-iron, and shall be at least as thick as the shell plate. 

260 Manhole frames on shells or drums when used, shall have the 
proper curvature, and on boilers over 48 in. in diameter shall be 
riveted to the shell or drum with two rows of rivets, which may be 
pitched as shown in Fig. 18. The strength of the rivets in shear on 
manhole frames and reinforcing rings shall be at least equal to the 
tensile strength of that part of the shell plate removed, on a line 
parallel to the axis of the shell, through the center of the manhole, or 
other opening. 

261 The proportions of manhole frames and other reinforcing 
rings to conform to the above specifications may be determined by 
the use of the following formulae, which are based on the assumption 
that the rings shall have the same tensile strength per square inch of 
section as, and be of not less thickness than, the shell plate removed, 


SNOILYOdOUd GYAH LIAIY P-2) BPanbiy 


pooy PO?H 
WUNSsasunoy) wan 
YYOYS Le 
“ous 1ab107,,% 39d Of SLIAIY AOL S3/O4 
vaynus °% ag how fey, 


UMOYS 2S0Y4 
uoy, 426407 aghkow suolzsodosy 


poosy udojtng 
snipoy sjqnog 


| Cy My Bata tale UP SINE 


\ r 
it | . 
p were 
4 oan | 
4 a , 
f : - 
‘42 " 
Fa 4 { 
he + ] ¢ 
me 7 
be ‘ 
‘ a L f 
awe oe 7 
+, “ ¥ a 
a rr: ' 
Ln ’ 
¥ ; ve 
a 
r 
; : 
% 
! 
Ps 
} 
i 
j ~ Ra aA wate 
7 Fi - 
D Ns {i 
Tetaeted, Ape 
i 
t 
“4 4 " ’ 
1 
i. 4 
4 iJ y - 
es y ‘i 
Wl / si 
{ 
i 
4 1 « 
bts tg OT My 
; a 
ee r 
¢ a 
nm We 
PS \ 
‘j ‘7 a 5: 
J y t 


For two single-riveted rings: W 


Oi 


For a single-riveted ring: W == ae +d 
2Xt 
LX ty +.9d 


For a double-riveted ring: W = ; 


xt 


Fig. 18 MertrHop or RIveTING MANHOLE FRAMES TO SHELLS OR 
DruMS witH Two Rows oF RIVETS 


eu 
_ 4xt 


For two double-riveted rings: W = ran +2d 


+o 


Where 
W = least width of reinforcing ring, in. 
t; == thickness of shell plate, in. 
d = diameter of rivet when driven, in. 
t = thickness of reinforcing ring — not less than thickness of 
the shell plate, in. 
T = tensile strength of the ring, lb. per sq. in. of section 
' a—=net section of one side of the ring or rings, sq. in. 
S = shearing strength of rivet, lb. per sq. in. of section (see 
Par. 16) 
1 = length of opening in shell in direction parallel to axis of 
- shell, in. 
N = number of rivets. 
To find the number of rivets for a single or double reinforcing ring: 


SECT Xa 
Sx 


262 Manhole plates shall be of wrought steel or shall be steel 
castings. 


Nes 


72 


263 The minimum width of bearing surface, for a gasket on a 
manhole opening shall be $ in. No gasket for use on a manhole or 
handhole of any boiler shall have a thickness greater than { In. 

264 <A manhole shall be located in the front head, below the 
tubes, of a horizontal return tubular boiler 48 in. or over in diameter. 
Smaller boilers shall have either a manhole or a handhole below the 
tubes. There shall be a manhole in the upper part of the shell or head 
of a fire-tube boiler over 40 in. in diameter, except a vertical fire-tube 
boiler, or except on internally fired boilers not over 48 in. in diameter. 
The manhole may be placed in the head of the dome. Smaller boilers 
shall have either a manhole or a handhole above the tubes. 


WasHout HoLEs 


265 <A traction, portable or stationary boiler of the locomotive 
type shall have not less than six handholes, or washout plugs, located 
as follows: one in the rear head below the tubes; one in the front 
head at or about the line of the crown sheet; four in the lower part of 
the waterleg; also, where possible, one near the throat sheet. 

266 A vertical fire-tube boiler, except boilers of steam fire- 
engines, or boilers 24 in. or less in diameter, shall have not less than 
seven handholes, located as follows: Three in the shell at or about 
the line of the crown sheet; one in the shell at or about the water- 
line or opposite the fusible plug when used; three in the shell at the 
lower part of the waterleg. <A vertical firetube boiler, submerged 
tube type, shall have two or more handholes in the shell, in line with 
the upper tube sheet. All boilers 24 in. or less in diameter, shall have 
at least one opening for inspection and one opening in addition to 
the blow-off, for washing out the boiler, these openings to be fitted - 
with brass plugs. : 

267 A vertical fire-tube boiler of a steam fire-engine shall have at 
least three brass washout plugs of not less than 1-in. iron pipe size, 
screwed into the shell and located as follows: one at or about the 
line of the crown sheet; two at the lower part of the water leg. 


THREADED OPENINGS 
268 Threaded Openings. An opening in a boiler for a threaded 
pipe connection | in. in diameter or over shall have not less than the 
number of threads given in Table 7. 


73 


TABLE 7 MINIMUM NUMBER OF PIPE THREADS FOR CONNECTIONS TO 
BOILERS 


Bize of pipe connec-| 1 and 1144 144 and2 |214 to 4|414 to 6| 7 and 8 |9 and 10 12 


CONV IB Gs he ees inclusive] inclusive 
Number of threads 114% 

Mer ies ee senso ote 
Minimum number of 5 

threads required in 

OPCMING sc ciciers cee s 
Minimum _ thickness 0.435 


of material re- 
quired to give above 
number of threads, 


If the thickness of the material in the boiler is not sufficient 
to give such number of threads, there shall be a pressed steel flange, 
bronze composition flange, steel-cast flange or steel plate, so as to 
give the required number of threads. 


SAFETY VALVES 

269 Safety Valve Requirements. Each boiler shall have two or 
more safety valves, except a boiler for which one safety valve 2 in. 
size or smaller is required by these rules; in which case one or more 
may be used. 

_ 270 The safety valve capacity for each boiler shall be such that 
the safety valve or valves will discharge all the steam that can be 
generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more 
than six per cent above the maximum allowable working pressure, or 
more than six per cent above the highest pressure to which any valve 
is set. ‘ 

271 One or more safety valves on every boiler shall be set at or 
below the maximum allowable working pressure. The remaining 
valves may be set within a range of three per cent above the maximum 
allowable working pressure, but the range of setting of all of the 
valves on a boiler shall not exceed ten per cent of the highest pressure 


_to which any valve is set. 


272 Safety valves shall be of the direct spring loaded pop type 
with seat and bearing surface of the disc either inclined at an angle 
of about 45 deg. or flat at an angle of about 90 deg. to the center 
line of the spindle. The vertical lift of the valve disc measured 
immediately after the sudden lift due to the pop may be made any 
amount desired up to a maximum of 0.15 in. irrespective of the size 
of the valve. The nominal diameter measured at the inner edge of 
the valve seat shall be not less than 1 in. or more than 4} in. 

273 Each safety valve shall be plainly marked by the manu- 
facturer. The markings may be stamped on the body, cast on the 


74 


body or stamped or cast on a plate or plates riveted to the body and 
shall contain the following: 


a The name or identifying trade-mark of the manufacturer. 
b The nominal diameter with the words ‘ Bevel Seat” or 


“ Flat Seat.” 

c The steam pressure at which it is set to blow. 

d The lift in inches of the valve dise from its seat, measured 
at a pressure 3 per cent. higher than that at which the 
valve is set to blow. 

e The weight of steam discharged in pounds per hour at a 
pressure 3 per cent. higher than that for which the valve 
is set to blow. 


274 The minimum capacity of a safety valve or valves to be 
placed on a boiler shall be determined on the basis of 6 lb. of steam 
per hour per sq. ft. of boiler heating surface for water tube boilers, 
and 5 lb. for all other types of power boilers, and upon the relieving 
capacity marked on the valves by the manufacturer, provided such 
marked relieving capacity would not exceed the capacity as figured 
by Pars. 421-427. In case the relieving capacity marked on the 
valve or valves exceeds the maximum as figured by Pars. 421—427, 
the minimum safety valve capacity shall be determined on the basis 
of the maximum relieving capacity as figured by Pars. 421-427 
for the particular size of valve and working pressure for which it 
was constructed. The heating surface shall be computed for that 
side of the boiler surface exposed to the products of combustion, 
exclusive of the superheating surface. In computing the heating 
surface for this purpose only the tubes, shells, tube sheets and the 
projected area of headers need be considered. 

275 Safety valve capacity may be checked in any one of three 
different ways, and if found sufficient, additional capacity need not be 
provided: 


a By making an accumulation test, that is, by shutting off 
all other steam discharge outlets from the boiler and 
forcing the fires to the maximum. The safety valve 
equipment shall be sufficient to prevent an excess pressure 
beyond that specified in Par. 270. 

b By measuring the maximum amount of fuel that can be 
burned and computing the corresponding evaporative 
capacity upon the basis of the heating value of the fuel. 
See Appendix, Pars. 421 to 427. 


T 


c By determining the maximum evaporative capacity by 
measuring the feed water. The sum of the safety valve 
capacities marked on the valves, shall be equal to \or 
greater than the maximum evaporative capacity of the 
boiler. 


276 When two or more safety valves are used on a boiler, they 
may be either separate or twin valves made by mounting individual 
valves on Y-bases, or duplex, triplex or multiplex valves having two 
or more valves in the same body casing. 

277 The safety valve or valves shall be connected to the boiler 
independent of any other steam connection, and attached as close as 
possible to the boiler, without any unnecessary intervening pipe or 
fitting. Every safety valve shall be connected so as te stand in an 
upright position, with spindle vertical, when possible. 

278 Hach safety valve shall have full sized direct connect on to 
the boiler. No valve of any description shall be placed between the 
safety valve and the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe between the 
safety valve and the atmosphere. When a discharge pipe is used, it 
shall be not less than the full size of the valve, and shall be fitted 
with an open drain to prevent water from lodging in the upper part ef 
the safety valve or in the pipe. 

279 If a muffler is used on a safety valve it shall have sufficient 
outlet area to prevent back pressure from interfering with the proper 
operation and discharge capacity of the valve. The muffler plates or 
other devices shall be so constructed as to avoid any possibility. of 
restriction of the steam passages due to deposit. When an elbow is 
placed on a safety valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the 
safety valve outlet or the pipe shall be securely anchored and sup- 


. ported. All safety valve discharges shall be so located or piped as 


to be carried ¢lear from running boards or working platforms used in 
controlling the main stop valves of boilers or steam headers. Where 
discharge pipes are used ample drainage shall be provided at or near 
the safety valve. 

280 When a boiler is fitted with two or more safety valves on one 
connection, this connection to the boiler shall have a cross-sectional 
area not less than the combined area of all of the safety valves with 
which it connects. 

281 Safety valves shall operate without chattering and shall be 
set and adjusted as follows: To close after blowing down not more 
than 4 lb, on boilers carrying an allowed pressure less than 100 lb. 
per sq.in. gage. To close after blowing down not more than 6 lb, on 


76 


boilers carrying pressures between 100 and 200 lb. per sq. in. gage 
inclusive. ‘To close after blowing down not more than 8 lb. on boilers 
carrying over 200 lb. per sq. in. gage. 

282 For purposes of inspection and to insure the valve being 
free, each safety valve used on a boiler shall have a substantial 
lifting device by which the valves may be raised by an amount 
equal to 1/20 of the nominal diameter of the valve up to the maxi- 
mum limit of 1/16 in. when there is no pressure on the boiler. 

283 The seats and discs of safety valves shall be of non-ferrous 
material. The seat of a safety valve shall be fastened to the body 
of the valve in such a way that there is no possibility for the seat to 
lift. 

284 Springs used in safety valves shall not show a permanent 
set exceeding 1/32 in. ten minutes after being released from a cold 
compression test closing the spring solid. And the spring shall be 
so constructed that the valve can lift from its seat 1/10 the diameter 
of the seat before the coils are closed or before there is other 
interference. 

285 The spring in a safety valve shall not be used for any 
pressure more than 10 per cent above or below that for which it 
was designed. 

286 All dimensions shall conform to the American Standard 
given in Tables 15 and 16 of the Appendix for the pressure therein 
specified except that the face of the safety valve flange and the 
nozzle to which it is attached shall be flat and without the raised 
face for pressures up to and including 250 lb. per sq. in. For higher 
pressure, the raised face shall be used. 

287 When the letters A S M E Std are plainly stamped or cast 
on the valve body this shall be a guarantee by the manufacturer that 
the valve conforms with the details of construction herein specified. © 

288 Every superheater shall have one or more safety valves near 
the outlet. The discharge capacity of the safety valve or valves on 
an attached superheater may be included in determining the number 
and sizes of the safety valves for the boiler, provided there are no 
intervening valves between the superheater safety valve and the 
boiler. 

289 Every safety valve used on a superheater, discharging 
superheated steam, shall have a steel body with a flanged inlet 
connection, and shall have the seat and disc of nickel composition 
or equivalent material, and the spring fully exposed outside of the 
valve casing so that it shall be protected from contact with the 
escaping steam. 


17 


290 Every boiler shall have proper outlet connections for the 
required safety valve or valves, independent of any other steam 
outlet connection or of any internal pipe in the steam space of the 
boiler, the area of opening to be at least equal to the aggregate area 
of all of the safety valves to be attached thereto. 


WATER AND STEAM GAGES 


291 Water Glasses and Gage Cocks. Tach boiler shall have at 
least one water glass, the lowest visible part of which shall be not 
less than 2 in. above the lowest permissible water level. The lowest 
permissible water level for various classes of boilers is given in Par. 
430 of the Appendix. 

292 No water glass connection shall be fitted with an automatic 
shut-off valve, except when the automatic shut-off valves are so 
constructed, that the two connections to the water glass can be 
blown through separately and the steam connection can not be 
entirely closed thereby. 

293 When shut-cffs are used on the connections to a water 
column, they shall be either outside screw and yoke type gate valvés 


or stop cocks with levers permanently fastened thereto, and such 


valves or cocks shall be locked-or sealed open. 

294 Each boiler shall have three or more gage cocks, located 
within the range of the visible length of the water glass, except when 
such boiler has two water glasses with independent connections to 
the boiler and located on the same horizontal line and not less than 
2 ft. apart. 

295 No outlet connections, except for damper regulator, feed- 
water regulator, drains or steam gages, shall be placed on the pipes 
connecting a water column to a boiler. 

296 Steam Gages. Each boiler shall have a steam gage con- 
nected to the steam space or to the water column or its steam connec- 
tion. The steam gage shall be connected to a syphon or equivalent 
device of sufficient capacity to keep the gage tube filled with water 
and so arranged that the gage cannot be shut off from the boiler 
except by a cock placed near the gage and provided with a tee or 
lever handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located 
when the cock is open. Connections to gages shall be of brass, 
copper or bronze composition. Where the use of a long pipe becomes 
necessary a shut-off valve or cock arranged so that it can be locked 
or sealed open may be used near the boiler. Such a pipe shall be 
of ample size and arranged so that it may be cleared by blowing out. 


78 


297 The dial of the steam gage shall be graduated to not less 
than 14 times the maximum allowable working pressure on the 
boiler. 

298 Each boiler shall be provided with a 4-in. pipe size valved 
connection for attaching a test gage when the boiler is in service, so 
that the accuracy of the boiler steam gage can be ascertained. 


FITTINGS AND APPLIANCES 


299 Nozzles and Fittings. Flanged cast iron pipe fittings used 
for boiler parts, for pressures up to and including 160 lb. per sq. in. 
shall conform to the American Standards given in Tables 15 and 
16 of the Appendix, except that the face of the flange of a safety 
valve as well as that of a safety valve nozzle, shall be flat and 
without the raised face. For pressures above 160 lb. per sq. in., 
steel cast and wrought steel fittings shall be used for boiler parts 
with exceptions specified in Pars. 9 and 12. An allowable variation 
of 20 per cent from the flange thickness required by Tables 15 and 
16 may be made for steel cast and forged steel fittings, leaving the 
drilling of bolt holes unchanged. For pressures above 250 lb. per 
sq. in., the flange thickness and the thickness of the bodies shall be 
increased to keep within the same deflection limits and to give at 
least the same factor of safety as the fittings specified in Tables 15 
and 16. The face of the flange of a safety valve, as well as that 
of a safety valve nozzle, shall have a flat face for pressures up to 
and including 250 Ib. per sq. in. and shall have raised face at higher 
pressures. Tables 15 and 16 do not apply to flanges on the boiler 
side of steam nozzles or to flanges left by the manufacturer as part 
of the boiler, and do not apply to fittings designed as part of the 
boiler. 

300 ‘The minimum number of threads that a pipe or fitting shall 
screw into a tapped hole shall correspond to the numerical values 
given for number of threads in Table 7. 

301 Stop Valves. Each steam discharge outlet over 2 in. in 
diameter, except safety valve and superheater connections, shall be 
fitted with a stop valve or valves of the outside screw and yoke 
type, located as near the boiler as practicable. 

302 The main stop valves of boilers shall be extra heavy when 
the maximum allowable working pressure excceds 125 lb. per sq. in. 
The fittings between the boiler and such valve or valves shall be 
extra heavy, as specified in Table 16 of the Appendix. 

303 When two or more boilers are connected t6 a common steam 
main, two stop valves, with an ample free blow drain between them, 


79 


shall be placed in the steam connection between each boiler and the 
steam main. The discharge of this drain valve must be visible to 
the operator while manipulating the valve. The stop valves shall 
consist preferably of one automatic non-return valve (set next the 
boiler) and a second valve of the outside screw and yoke type; 
or, two valves of the outside screw and yoke type may be used. 

304 When a stop valve is so located that water can accumulate, 
‘ample drains shall be provided. 

305 Steam Mains. Provisions shall be made for the expansion 
and contraction of steam mains connected to boilers, by providing 
substantial anchorage at suitable points, so that there shall be no 
undue strain transmitted to the boiler. Steam reservoirs shall be 
used on steam mains when heavy pulsations of the steam currents 
cause vibration of the boiler shell: plates. 

306 Each superheater shall be fitted with a drain. 

307 Blow-Off Piping. A surface blow-off pipe shall not exceed 
14 in. pipe size and shall form a continuous passage with the blow-off 
pipe external to the boiler. ‘The internal and external pipes shall be 
separate with clearance between their ends and arranged so that 
the removal of either will not disturb the other. A brass or steel 
bushing as shown in Fig. 19, or flanged connection shall be used. 

il i 


. 7 oy 


il: 
— 
fi + tl 4 


308 Each boiler shall have a bottom blow-off pipe, fitted with a 
valve or cock, in direct connection with the lowest water space 
practicable: the minimum size of pipe and fittings shall be 1 in. and 
the maximum size shall be 24 in. Globe valves shall not be used on 
such connections. 


mi 


| 


[Sy 


\ 


i' 
Bes 


WROUGHT IRON 


80 


309 <A bottom blow-off cock shall have the plug held in place b; 
a guard or gland. ‘The end of the plug shall be distinctly marked 11 
line with the passage. | 

310 The blow-off pipe or pipes shall be extra heavy from boiler 
to valve or valves, and shall run full size without reducers or bushings. 
All fittings between the boiler and valves shall be of steel. 


3lla When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 
125 lb. per sq. in., on all boilers except those used for traction and 
portable purposes, each bottom blow-off pipe shall have two valves, 
or a valve and a cock, and such valves, or valve and cock, shall be 
extra heavy, except that on a boiler having multiple blow-off pipes, 
a single master valve may be placed on the common blow-off pipe 
from the boiler, in which case only one valve on each individual 
blow-off is required. 


b On all traction and portable boilers when the maximum allow- 
able working pressure exceeds 125 lb. per sq. in., each bottom blow- 
off pipe shall have one extra heavy valve. 


312 A bottom blow-off pipe when exposed to direct furnace heat 
shall be protected by fire-brick, a substantial cast-iron removable 
sleeve or a covering of non-conducting material. 


313 An opening in the boiler setting for a blow-off pipe shall be 
arranged to provide for free expansion and contraction. 


314 Feed Piping. The feed pipe of a boiler shall have an open 
end or ends. Wherever globe valves are used on feed piping, the 
inlet shail be under the disc of the valve. 


315 The feedwater shall discharge at about three-fifths the 
length of a horizontal return tubular boiler from the front head 
(except a horizontal return tubular boiler equipped with an auxiliary 
feedwater heating and circulating device), above the central rows 
of tubes, when the diameter of the boiler exceeds 36 in. The feed 
pipe shall be carried through the head or shell near the front end 
in the way specified for a surface blow-off in Par. 307 and be 
securely fastened inside the shell above the tubes. 


316 Feedwater shall not discharge in a boiler close to riveted 
joints in the shell or. to furnace sheets. 


317 ‘The feed pipe shall be provided with a check valve near 
the boiler and a valve or cock between the check valve and the 
boiler, and when two or more boilers are fed from a common source, 
there shall also be a globe valve on the branch to each boiler, between 
the eheck valve and the source of supply. 


81 


318 When a pump, inspirator or injector is required to supply 
feedwater to a boiler plant of over 50 h. p., more than one such 
appliance shall be provided. 

319 Lamphrey Fronts. Each boiler fitted with a Lamphrey 
boiler furnace mouth protector, or similar appliance, having valves 
on the pipes connecting them to the boiler, shall have these valves 
locked or sealed open. Such valves when used, shall be of the 
straightway type. 

320 Water Column Pipes. The minimum size of pipes connect- 
ing the water column to a boiler shall be 1 in. Water-glass fittings 
or gage cocks may be connected direct to the boiler. 

321 The water connections to the water column of a boiler shall 
be of brass and shall be provided with a cross to facilitate cleaning. 
Either the water column or this connection shall be fitted with a 
drain cock or drain valve with a suitable connection to the ashpit, or 
other safe point of waste. The water column blow-off pipe shall be 
at least 2 in. 

322 The steam connection to the water column of a horizontal 
return tubular boiler shall be taken from the top of the shell or the 
upper part of the head; the water connection shall be taken from a 
point not less than 6 in. below the center line of the shell. 


SETTING 


323 Methods of Support. A horizontal return tubular boiler 
over 78-in. in diameter shall be supported from steel lugs by the out- 
side suspension type of setting, independent of the boiler side walls. 
The lugs shall be so designed that the load is properly distributed 
between the rivets attaching them to the shell and so that not more 
than two of these rivets come in the same longitudinal line on each 
lug. The distance girthwise of the boiler from the centers of the 
bottom rivets to the centers of the top rivets attaching the lugs shall 
be not less than 12 in. The other rivets used shall be spaced evenly 
between these points. If more than four lugs are used they shall be 
set in four pairs. 

324 A horizontal return tubular boiler over 54 in., and up to 
and including 78 in. in diameter, shall be supported by the outside 
suspension type of setting, or at four points by not less than eight 
steel or cast-iron brackets set in pairs. A horizontal return tubular 
boiler up to and including 54 in. in diameter shall be supported by 
the outside suspension type of setting, or by not less than two steel 
or cast-iron brackets on each side. 


. 82 


325 Lugs or brackets, when used to support boilers of all types 
shall be properly fitted to the surfaces to which they are attached. 
The shearing and crushing stresses on the rivets used for attaching 
the lugs or brackets shall not exceed 8 per cent of the strength 
given in Pars. 15 and 16. 

326 Wet-bottom stationary boilers shall have a space of not less 
than 12 in. between the bottom of the boiler and the floor line, with 
access for inspection. 

327 Access and Firing Doors. The minimum size of an access 
door to be placed in a boiler setting shall be 12 X 16 in. or equivalent 
area, 11 in. to be the least dimension in any case. 

328 A water tube boiler which is fired by hand shall have the 
firing door or doors of the inward opening type unless such doors 
are provided with substantial and effective latching devices to 
prevent them from being blown open by pressure on the furnace side. 


Hyprostatic TEstTs 


329 Hydrostatic Pressure Tests. After a boiler has been com- 
pleted, it shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test of one and one-half 
times the maximum allowable working pressure. The pressure shall 
be under proper control so that in no case shall the required test 
pressure be exceeded by more than 6 per cent. 

330 During a hydrostatic test, the safety valve or valves shall 
be removed or each valve disc shall be held to its seat by means of a 
testing clamp and not by screwing down the compression screw upon 
the spring. 


STAMPING 


331 Stamping of Boilers. In laying, out shell plates, furnace 
sheets and heads in the boiler shop, care shall be taken to leave at 
least one of the stamps, specified in Par. 36 of these Rules, so located 
as to be plainly visible when the boiler is completed; except that the 
tube sheets of a vertical fire-tube boiler and butt straps shall have at 
least a portion of such stamps visible sufficient for identification 
when the boiler is completed. 

332 Each boiler shall conform in every detail to these Rules 
and shall be distinctly stamped by the builder with the New York 
State standard stamp as shown in Fig. 20, denoting that the boiler 
was constructed in accordance therewith. The height of the letters 


85 


and figures used in stamping shall be not less than }-in. and this 
stamp shall be located as specified in Par. 333. 


NEW YORK STATE STANDARD 


Nii berrutabotler.< a. ite cena eh 
Working pressure when built... 
Venn rnuealn service. Wied Weg h ich lo 
INGInG OL DUPE y Oe: ROE Oat. 


Fig. 20. Form or Srampe Proposep ror THE BorLeR MANUFACTURER 


333 Location of Stamps. The location of stamps shall be as 
follows: 

a On horizontal return tubular boilers—on the front head, 
above the central rows of tubes. 

b On horizontal flue boilers—on the front head, above the 
flues. 

c On traction, portable or stationary boilers of the locomo- 
tive type or Star water-tube boilers—on the furnace end, 
above the handhole. 

d On vertical fire tube and vertical submerged tube boilers— 
on the shell above the fire door. 

e On water-tube boilers, Babcock & Wilcox, Stizling, Heine 
and Robb-Mumford standard types—on a head above 
the manhole opening, preferably on the flanging of the 
manhole opening. 

f On vertical boilers, Climax or Hazelton type—on the top 
head. 

g On Cahall or Wickes vertical water tube boilers—on the 
upper drum, above the manhole opening. 

h On Scotch marine boilers—on the front head, above the 
center or right-hand furnace. 

2 On Economic beilers—on the front head, above the central 
row of tubes. 

7 For other types and new designs—in a conspicuous location. 


334 The New York State standard stamp shall not be covered 
by insulating or other material. 


NEW INSTALLATIONS 
PART b-— SECTION. If 


Borters Usep EXcLusIvELyY FoR Low PRESSURE STEAM AND Hort 
WatTER HratInG AND Hot WATER SUPPLY 


(This does not apply to economizers or feed water heaters.) 


BorterR MATERIALS 
335 The Rules for power boilers shall apply: 


a To all steel plate hot-water boilers over 60 in. in 
diameter. 


b To all steel plate hot-water boilers where the grate area 
exceeds 10 sq. ft. and the maximum allowable work- 
ing pressure exceeds 50 lbs. per sq. in. 


e Under other conditions, the following rules (Pars. 
336 and 337) shall apply. 


336 Specifications are given in these rules, Pars. 23 to 178, 
for the important materials used in the construction of boilers, 
and where given, the materials shall conform thereto. 


337 Flange steel may be used entirely for the construction of 
steam heating boilers covered in this section, but in no case’ shall 
steel of less than 4-in. thickness, nor tube sheets or heads of less than 
5/16 in. in thickness be used. 


Maximum ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE 


338 The maximum allowable working pressure shall not exceed 
15 lbs. per sq. in. on a boiler built under these rules to be used 
exclusively for low pressure steam heating. 


339 <A boiler to be used exclusively for low pressure steam 
heating may be constructed either of cast iron, steel cast, or wrought 
iron or steel or any combination of these but in all cases the con- 
necting rods and bolts shall be wrought iron or steel. 


340 All steel plate, hot-water and steam-heating boilers shall have 
a factor of safety not less than 5. 


85 


BoILER JOINTS 


341 Longitudinal lap joints will be allowed on boilers to be used 
exclusively for low pressure steam heating, when the maximum 
allowable working pressure does not exceed 15 Ibs. per sq. in., and 
the diameter of the boiler shell does not exceed 60 in. 


342 The longitudinal joints of a horizontal return -tubular 
boiler, if of the lap type, shall be not over 12 ft. in length. 


343 In a hot-water boiler to be used exclusively for heating 
buildings or hot water supply, when the diameter does not exceed 
60 in. and the grate area does not exceed 10 sq. ft., or equivalent 
as defined in Pars. 359 and 360, longitudinal lap joints will be allowed. 
When the grate area exceeds 10 sq. ft. or equivalent as defined in 
Par. 360, and the diameter of the boiler does not exceed 60 in., longi- 
tudinal lap joints will be allowed providing the maximum allowable 
working pressure does not exceed 50 lb. per sq. in. 


344 Protection of Joints. When a boiler is built wholly or 
partially of steel and is used exclusively for low pressure steam 
heating, or when a hot-water boiler is used exclusively for heating 
buildings or for hot-water supply, it shall not be necessary to water 
jacket the rivets in the fire-box where one end of each rivet is 
exposed to the fire or direct radiant heat from the fire, provided 
any one of the following conditions 1s fulfilled: 


a Where the ends of the rivets away from the fire are pro- 
tected by means of natural drafts of cold air induced 
in the regular operation of the boiler; 

b Where the ends of the rivets away from the fire are in the 
open air; 

ec Where the rivets are protected by the usual charges of 
fresh fuel, which is not burned in contact with the rivets. 


WasHout Ho.ueEs 


345 A boiler used for hot-water supply shall have washout holes 
or other provision made for the removal of any sediment that may 
accumulate therein. 


BOILER OPENINGS 


346 Flanged Connections. Openings in boilers having flanged 
connections shall have the flanges conform to the American Standard 
given in Tables 15 or 16 of the Appendix, for the corresponding pipe 
size, and shall have the corresponding drilling for bolts or studs. 


SAFETY VALVES 


347 Outlet Connections for Safety and Water Relief Valves. 
Every boiler shall have proper outlet connections for the required 


86 


safety, or water relief valve or valves, independent of any other | 
connection outside of the boiler or any internal pipe in the boiler, 
the area of the opening to be at least equal to the aggregate area of 
all of the safety valves with which it connects. A screwed connec- 
tion may be used for attaching a safety valve to a heating boiler. 
This rule applies to all sizes of safety valves. 


348 Safety Valves. Each steam boiler shall be provided with 
one or more safety valves of the spring-pop type which cannot be 
adjusted to a higher pressure than 15 lbs. per sq. in. 


349 Waiter-Relief Valves. Each hot-water boiler shall be pro- 
vided with one or more water relief valves with open discharges 
_ having outlets in plain sight. 


350 A boiler used for heating buildings by hot water, or for 
hot water supply, shall be provided with a water relief valve or 
valves, which cannot be adjusted for a pressure in excess of the 
maximum pressure allowed on the boiler. All water relief valves 
must be fitted with a device for lifting the disc of the valve from 
its seat so that the working condition can be ascertained. | 


351 No water relief value shall be smaller than one inch. Water 
relief valves to be of the following sizes: 

When the grate area does not exceed 8 sq. ft., a water relief 
valve not less than 1 in. size shall be used. 

When the grate area exceeds 8 square feet, but does not exceed 
13 square feet, a water relief valve not less than 14-in. size shall 
be used. 

When the grate area exceeds 13 sq. ft., but does not exceed 18 
sq. ft., a water relief valve not less than 14-in. size shall be used. 

When the grate area exceeds 18 sq. ft., a water relief valve not 
less than 2-in. size shall be used. 


352 When two or more safety or water relief valves are used 
on a boiler, they may be single or twin valves. 


353 Safety or water relief valves shall be connected to boilers 
independent of other connections and be attached directly or as 
close as possible to the boiler, without any intervening pipe or 
fittings, except the Y-base forming a part of the twin valve or the 
shortest possible connection. A safety or water relief valve shall 
not be connected to an internal pipe in the boiler. Safety valves 
shall be connected so as to stand upright, with the spindle vertical, 
when possible. 


354 No shut-off of any description shall be placed between the 
safety or water relief valve and boilers, nor on discharge pipes 
between them and the atmosphere. 


355 When a discharge pipe is used, its area shall be not less than 
the area of the valve or aggregate area of the valves with which it 


we 


87 


connects, and the discharge pipe shall be fitted with an open drain 
to prevent water from lodging in the upper part of the valve or in 
the pipe. When an elbow is placed on a safety or water relief valve 
discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the valve outlet or the 
pipe shall be securely anchored and supported. The safety or 
water relief valves shall be located as provided in Par. 353, and the 
discharge outlet so arranged that there will be no danger from 
scalding. 


356 Each safety valve used on a steam heating boiler shall have 
a substantial lifting device which shall be so connected to the disc 
that the latter can be lifted from its seat a distance of not less than 
one-tenth of the nominal diameter of the seat when there is no 
pressure on the boiler. 


Tante 9. ALLOWABLE Sizes oF SaFETY VALVES FoR STEAM 
Hating Borters, of Water Revier Vatves ror WATER 
Heatine Borters, and oF Hot Water Suppriy Boriers 


hea ea pana 

per Square oot o 

Grate Surface 75 100 160 160 200 240 
per Hour, Lbs. 


— | $$ $$ | ——— ——_—_— 


Maximum Allowable Zero Over 25 Over 50 | Over 100 | Over 150 


Working Pressure, to to to to to Ape 
Lbs. per Square Inch 25 Lbs, 50 Lbs. 100 Lbs. 150 Lbs. | 200 Lbs. ei 
Diameter i eo : 
of Valve, aes Area of Grate, Square Feet 
Inches Square 
Inches 
1 0.7854 2.00 250 aw 65) 3.25 BED SUVD 
1} 272 3.25 4.00 4.25 5.00 5.5 RE 
14 1.7671 4.50 5.50 6.00 7325 8.0 8.50 
2 3.1416 8.00 9.75 10.75 13.00 14.0 15.00 
24 4.9087 12.50 15.00 16.50 20.00 22.0 23 .00 
3 7.0686 ieTo 21.50 24.00 29.00 3155 BT uss 
34 ORG pATST 24.00 29.50 32.50 39.50 43.0 45.25 
4 12.5660 31.50 38.25 42.50 51.50 56.0 59.00 
4} 15.9040 40.00 48.50 53.50 65.00 71.0 74,25 


357 Every safety valve or water relief valve shall have plainly 
stamped on the body or cast thereon the manufacturer’s name or 
trade mark and the pressure at which it is set to blow. The seats 
and dises of safety or water relief valves shall be made of non- 
ferrous material. 

358 The minimum size of a safety valve for a steam boiler 
shall be one inch, and the maximum size shall be 44 inches. The 
size of safety valve required for a steam boiler shall be governed 
by the grate area of the boiler as shown in Table number 9 and the 
pressure allowed. 


85 


When the conditions exceed those on which Table 9 is based, 
the following formula for bevel and flat seated valves shall be used: 


W 70 
a a ae 
P 


in which 
A =area of direct spring-loaded safety valve per square foot 
of grate surface, sq. in 
W = weight of water evaporated per square foot of grate surface 
per second, lb. 
P = pressure (absolute) at which the safety valve is set to blow. 
Ibs. per sq. in. 


GRATE AREA 


359 Double Grate Down Draft Boilers. In boilers of this type 
the grate area shall be taken as one and one-quarter times the area 
of the lower grate. 

360 Bowlers Fired with O1l or Gas. In determining the number 
and size of safety or water relief valve or valves for a boiler using 
gas or liquid fuel, 15 sq. ft. of heating surface shall be equivalent 
to one square foot of grate area. If the size of grate for use of coal 
is evident from the boiler design, such size may be the basis for the 
determination of the safety valve capacity. 


STEAM AND WATER GAGES 


361 Steam Gages. Each steam boiler shall have a steam gage 
connected to the steam space or to the water column or its steam 
connection, by means of a syphon or equivalent device of sufficient 
capacity to keep the gage tube filled with water and so arranged 
that the gage can not be shut off from the boiler except by a cock 
placed near the gage and provided with a tee or lever handle arranged 
to be parallel with the pipe in which it is located when the cock is 
open. Connections to gages shall be of brass, copper or bronze 
composition. The dial of a steam gage for a steam heating boiler 
shall be graduated to not less than 380 lb. 


362 Pressure or Altitude Gages. Each hot-water boiler shal! 
have a gage connected in such a manner that it cannot be shut of 
from the boiler except by a cock with tee or lever handle, placed 
on the pipe near the gage. The handle of the cock shall be parallel 
to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open. Connections 
to gages shall be made of brass, copper or bronze composition. The 
dial of the pressure or altitude gage shall be graduated to not less 
than 15 times the maximum allowable working pressure. 


363 Thermometers. Each hot-water boiler shall have a ther- 
mometer so located and connected that it shall be easily readable 


89 


when observing the water pressure or altitude. The thermometer 
shall be so located that it shall at all times indicate the temperature 
in deg. Fahr., of the water in the boiler. 


FITTINGS AND APPLIANCES 


_ 364 Bottom Blow-Off Pipes. Each boiler shall have a blow-off 
pipe, fitted with a valve or cock, in direct connection with the lowest 
water space practicable. 


_ 365 Damper Regulators. When a pressure damper regulator 
is used, it shall be connected to the steam space of the boiler. 


366 Water Glasses. Each steam boiler shall have one or more 
water glasses. 


367 Gage Cocks. Each steam boiler shall have two or more 
gage cocks located within the range of the visible length of the 
water glass. 


368 Water Column Pipes. The minimum size of pipes con- 
necting the water column of a boiler shall be 1 in. Water-glass 
fittings or gage cocks may be connected direct to the boiler. The 
steam connection to the water column of a horizontal return tubular 
boiler shall be taken from the top of shell or the upper part of the 
head; the water connection shall be taken from a point not less 
than 6 in. below the center line of the shell. No connections, except 
for damper regulator, oil burner regulator, feed water regulator, 
drains or steam gages, shall be placed on the pipes connecting a 
water column to a boiler. 


METHODS OF SETTING 


369 Wet-bottom steel plate boilers shall have a space of not 
less than 12 in. between the bottom of the boiler and the floor line 
with access for inspection. 

370 Access Doors. The minimum size of access door used in 
boiler settings shall be 12 x 16 in. or equivalent area, the least 
dimension being 11 in. 

371 The longitudinal joints of a horizontal return tubular 
boiler shall be located above the fire-line. 


Hyprostatic TErsts 


372 A shop test of 60 lbs. per sq. in. hydrostatic pressure shall 
be applied to steel or cast-iron boilers or to the sections of cast-iron 
boilers which are used exclusively for low pressure steam heating. 


373. Hot-water boilers for a maximum allowable working pressure 
not exceeding 30 lb. per sq. in. used exclusively for heating build- 
ings or for hot-water supply, when constructed of cast iron, stecl 
cast, or wrought iron or plate steel or any combination of these, 
shall be subjected to a shop test of 60 Ib. per sq. in. hydrostatic 
pressure applied to the boiler or the section thereof. 


90 


374 A maximum allowable working pressure in excess cf 30 lb. 
per sq. in. will be allowed on a hot-water boiler constructed of cast. 
iron, steel cast, or wrought iron or plate steel or any combination 
of these, used exclusively for heating buildings or for hot-water supply, 
provided such boilers or their sections have been subjected to a 
shop hydrostatic test of two and one-half times the actual working 
pressure. 


375 Individual shop inspection sha'l be required only for 
- boilers which come under the rules for power boilers. 


STAMPING 


376 Each plate of a completed boiler shall show a sufficient 
portion of the plate maker’s stamp for identification 


377 Name. All boilers referred to in this section shall be plainly 
and permanently marked with the manufacturer’s name and the 
maximum allowable working pressure. 

All heating boilers built according to these rules may be marked 
A. 8. M. E. standard: 


EXISTING INSTALLATIONS 
PART II 
Maximum ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE 


378 The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of 
a boiler or drum shall be determined by the strength of the weakest 
course, computed from the thickness of the plate, the tensile strength 
of the plate, the efficiency of the longitudinal joint, the inside diameter 
of the course and the factor of safety allowed by these rules. 


TSXtxH 
—_——__—_—— == maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq; in. 
Rex is where 


TS = ultimate tensile strength of shell plates, lb. per sq. in. 
t = thickness of shell plate, in weakest course, in. 
FE = efficiency of longitudinal joint, method of determining 
which is given in Par. 181, of these Rules 
k =inside radius of the weakest course of the shell or 
drum, in. 


FS = factor of safety allowed by these Rules, 


91 


379 One year after these rules become effective, boilers of butt 
and double strap construstion shall not be operated without a factor 
of safety of at least four by the formula, Par. 378. Five years 
after these rules become effective, the factor of safety shall be at 
least four and five-tenths. In no case shall the maximum allowable 
working pressure on old boilers be increased, unless they are being 
operated at a lesser pressure than would be allowable for new boilers, 
in which case the changed pressure shall not exceed that allowable 
for new boilers of the same construction. 


380 The lowest factor of safety used for boilers, the shells or 
drums of which are exposed to the products of combustion, and the 
longitudinal joints of which are of lap riveted construction, shall 
be not less than the following: 


A+ for boilers not over five years old, 

4% for boilers over five and not over ten years old, 

4 for boilers over ten and not over fifteen years old, 

5 for boilers over fifteen and not over twenty years old. 


& 


For each five years thereafter the factor of safety shall be 
increased by not less than five-tenths; provided, however, that 
after a thorough internal and external inspection and a hydrostatic 
pressure test of one and one-half times the pressure allowed, during 
which no distress or leakage develops, the pressure allowed may be 
continued at a factor of safety of five. 

The owner or user of such boiler shall prepare the boiler for 
hydrostatic pressure test by uncovering all riveted joints. 


380-a The lowest factor of safety for boilers, the shells or drums 
of which are not exposed to the products of combustion, and the 
longitudinal joints of which are of lap riveted construction, shall 
be not less than the following: 


4 for boilers not over ten years old, 

4+ for boilers over ten and not over fifteen years old, 
43 for boilers over fifteen and not over twenty years old, 
5 for boilers over twenty years old. 


For each five years thereafter the factor of safety shall be increased 
_by not less than five-tenths; provided, however, that after a thorough 
internal and external inspection and a hydrostatic pressure test of 
one and one-half times the pressure allowed, during which no dis- 
tress or leakage develops, the pressure allowed may be continued at 
a factor of safety of five. 

The owner or user of such boiler shall prepare the boiler for hydro- 
static pressure test by uncovering all riveted joints. 


381 Second-hand stationary boilers, by which are meant boilers 
where both the ownership and location are changed, and which are 
not less than ten years old and which have longitudinal joints of 


92 


lap riveted construction, shall have a factor of safety of at least 53, 
by the formula of Par. 378, one year after these rules become effec- 
tive, unless constructed in accordance with the rules contained in 
Part I, when the factor of safety shall be at least five. 


382 Cast-iron Headers and Mud Drums. The maximum allow- 
able working pressure on a water tube boiler, the tubes of which are 
secured to cast-iron or malleable iron headers, or which have cast- 
iron mud drums, shall not exceed 160 lbs. per sq. in. 


383 Steam Heating Boilers. The maximum allowable working 
pressure shall not exceed 15 Ibs. per sq. in. on a boiler used exclusively 
for low pressure steam heating. 


384 No pressure shall be allowed on a boiler on which a crack 
is discovered along the longitudinal riveted joint. 

It is the intent of Par. 384 to permanently discontinue the use of 
the shell or drum of a boiler, for steam boiler purposes, should a 
longitudinal joint crack be discovered in any plate or course of the 
shell or drum. a 


STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 


385 Tensile Strength. When the tensile strength of steel or 
wrought-iron shell plates is not known, it shall be taken at 55,000 
Ibs. per sq. in. for steel, and 45,000 lbs. per sq. in. for wrought-iron. 
When the tensile strength of cast-iron is not known, it shall be taken 
as 18,000 lbs. per sq. in. 


386 Strength of Rivets in Shear. In computing the ultimate 
strength of rivets in shear the following values in lbs. per sq. in. of 
the cross-sectional area of the rivet shank shall be used: 


Tron: rivets ‘in. single shear. 2 i /.2..u. «ses faeee she | ee ice ee 38 , 000 
Iron rivets in;double Shear :;5 3.64... Seek ss ee ee 76 , 000 
Steel rivetsin ‘single shear’: <3. /.0°5) 0. RR Suet Selene ee , 44,000 
Steel rivets in ‘double sheariy}y [0204 6. Pe eS ie ee 88 ,000 


The cross-sectional area shall be that of the rivet shank after driving. 


387 Crushing Strength of Mild Steel. The resistance to crush- 
ing of mild steel shall be taken at 95,000 lbs. per sq. in. of cross- 
sectional area. 


TABLE 10 — SIZES OF RIVETS BASED ON PLATE THICKNESS 


Thickness of plate....... as x a te, 33° 3" re 
Diameter of rivet after driving. 13" 43 2 3 12’ 30 
Thickness of plate....... sid wie ts. a3. 2” ie, A ee 
Diameter of rivet after driving. 18 48 8 ly Lhe tetera 


93 


388 Rivets. When the diameter of the rivet holes in the longi- 
tudinal jomts of a boiler is not known, the diameter and cross- 
sectional area of rivets, after driving may be ascertained from Table 
10, or by cutting out one or more rivets in the body of the joint. 


SAFETY VALVES FOR PowsER BoILERs 
389 The safety valve capacity of each boiler shall be such that 
the safety valve or valves will discharge all the steam that can be 
generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more 
than 6 per cent above the maximum allowable working pressure, or 
more than 6 per cent above the highest pressure to which any valve 
is Set. 


390 One or more safety valves on every boiler shall be set at 
or below the maximum allowable working pressure. The remaining 
valves may be set within a range of 3 per cent above the maximum 
allowable working pressure, but the range of setting of all of the valves 
on a boiler shall not exceed 10 per cent of the highest pressure to 
which any valve is set. 


391 Safety valve capacity may be checked in any one of three 
different ways, and if found sufficient, additional capacity need not 
be provided: 

a By making an accumulation test, that is, by shutting off 
all other steam discharge outlets from the boiler and 
forcing the fires to the maximum. The safety valve 
equipment shall be sufficient to prevent an excess pressure 
beyond that specified in Par. 270. 

b By measuring the maximum amount of fuel that can be 
burned and computing the corresponding evaporative 
capacity upon the basis of the heating value of the fuel. 
See Appendix, Pars. 421 to 427. 

c By determining the maximum evaporative capacity by 
measuring the feedwater. The sum of the safety valve 

- capacities shall be equal to or greater than the maximum 
evaporative capacity of the boiler. 


_ 392 In ease either of the methods outlined in sections 6 or ¢ 
of Par. 391 is employed, the safety valve capacities shall be taken 
at the maximum valuesas figured by Pars. 421-427, for spring loaded 
pop safety valves, or 0.66 times the maximum values as figured by 
Pars. 421-427, for lever safety valves. 


393. When additional valve capacity is required, any valves 
added shall conform to the requirements in Part I of these rules. 


394 No valve of any description shall be placed between the 
safety valve and the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe between the 


94 


safety valve and the atmosphere. When a discharge pipe is used, 
it shall be not less than the full size of the valve, and the discharge 
pipe shall be fitted with an open drain to prevent water lodging in 
the upper part of the safety valve or in the pipe. If a muffler is used 
on a safety valve it shall have sufficient outlet area to prevent back 
pressure from interfering with the proper operation and discharge 
capacity of the valve. The muffler plates or other devices shall be 
so constructed as to avoid any possibility of restriction of the steam 
passages due to deposit. When an elbow is placed on a safety valve 
discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the safety valve outlet 
or the pipe shall be securely anchored and supported. All safety 
valve discharges shall be so located or piped as to be carried clear 
from running boards or working platforms used in controlling the 
main stop valves of boilers or steam headers. 


Firrincs AND APPLIANCES 


395 Water Glasses and Gage Cocks. Hach steam boiler shall have 
at least one water glass, the lowest visible part of which shall be not 
less than 2 in. above the lowest permissible water level. 


396 Each boiler shall have three or more gage cocks, located 
within the range of the visible length of the water glass, when the 
maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 15 Ibs. per sq. in., 
except when such boiler has two water glasses with independent 
connections to the boiler, located on the same horizontal line and not 
less than 2 ft. apart. 

Exception should be made where the height of the segment above 
the tubes on the boiler does not exceed 12 ins.; in which ease, at least 
two gage cocks located within the visible range of the water glass 
must be used. 


397 No connections except for damper regulator, oil burner 
regulator, feed water regulator, drains, or steam gages, shall be 
placed on the pipes connecting a water column to a boiler. 


398 Steam Gages. Each steam boiler shall have a steam gage 
connected to the steam space or to the water column or to its steam | 
connection. The steam gage shall be connected to a syphon or 
equivalent device of sufficient capacity to keep the gage tube filled 
with water and so arranged that the gage cannot be shut off from 
the boiler except by a cock placed near the gage and provided with 
a tee or lever handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it 
is located when the cock is open. Connections to gages shall be of 
brass, copper or bronze composition. 

Each boiler shall be provided with a 4-in. pipe size valved con- 
nection for attaching a test gage when the boiler is in service, so 
that the accuracy of the boiler steam gage can be ascertained. 


95 


399 Stop Valves. Each steam outlet from a power boiler (except 
safety valve connections) shall be fitted with a stop valve located 
as close as practicable to the boiler. 

It is recommended that when two or more boilers are connected 
to a common steam main, two stop valves, with an ample free blow 
drain between them be placed in the steam connection between each 
boiler and the steam main. Also that the discharge of this drain 
valve be visible to the operator while manipulating the.valve and 
further that the stop valves consist of one automatic non-return 
valve (set next the boiler) and a second valve of the outside screw 
and yoke type; or two valves of the outside screw and yoke type 
may be used. 

400. When a stop valve is so located that water can accumulate, 
ample drains shall be provided. 


401 Bottom Blow-off Pipes. Each boiler shall have a blow-off 
pipe fitted with a valve or cock, in direct connection with the lowest 
water space practicable. 


402 When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 
125 lbs. per sq. in., the blow-off pipe shall be extra heavy from 
boiler ro valve or valves, and shall run full size without reducers or 
bushings. All fittings between the boiler and valve shall be steel 
or extra heavy fittings of bronze, brass, malleable iron or cast-iron. 


403 When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 
125 lbs. per sq. in., each bottom blow-off pipe shall be fitted with 
an extra heavy valve or cock. Preferably two (2) valves, or a valve 
and a cock should be used on each blow-off in which case such 
valves, or valve and cock, shall be extra heavy. 


404 <A bottom blow-off pipe when exposed to direct furnace 
heat, shall be protected from the products of combustion by fire- 
brick, a substantial cast-iron removable sleeve, or a covering of 
non-conducting material. 


405 An opening in the boiler setting for a blow-off pipe shall 
be arranged to provide for free expansion and contraction. 


406 Feed-Piping. The feed pipe of a steam boiler shall be 
provided with a check valve near the boiler and a valve or cock 
between the check valve and the boiler, and when two or more 
boilers are fed from a common source, there shall also be a valve 
on the branch to each boiler, between the check valve and the source 
of supply. When a globe valve is used on a feed pipe, the inlet 
shall be under the disc of the valve. 

The main feed in‘boilers shall not enter the boiler through the 
blow-off unless clearly impracticable to introduce it elsewhere. » 

When a pump, inspirator, or injector is required to supply feed- 
water to a boiler of over 50 horse power, more than one such 
mechanical appliance shall be provided. 


96 


It is recommended that wherever possible the feed water entering 
boilers shall be not less than one hundred twenty degrees Fahrenheit. 


407 Lamphrey Fronts. Each boiler fitted with a Lamphrey 
boiler furnace mouth protector, or similar appliance, having valves 
on the pipes connecting them to the boiler, shall have these valves 
locked or sealed open. Such valves, when used, shall be of the 
straightway type. 


Hyprostatic PRESSURE TESTS 


408 Test Pressure. When a hydrostatic test is applied the 
required test pressure shall be one and one-half times the maximum 
allowable working pressure. The pressure shall be under proper 
control so that in no case shall the required test pressure be exceeded 
by more than 2 per cent. 


409 During a hydrostatic test of a boiler, the safety valve or 
valves shall be removed or each valve disc shall be held to its seat 
by means of a testing clamp and not by screwing down the com- 
pression screw upon the spring. - 


APPENDIX 


EFFICIENCY OF JOINTS 


410 Efficiency of Riveted Joints. The ratio which the strength 
of a unit length of a riveted joint has to the same unit length of 
te solid plate is known as the efficiency of the joint and shall be 

ileulated by the general method illustrated in the following examples: 
TS = tensile strength stamped on plate, lb. per sq. in. 
t = thickness of plate, in. 
b = thickness of butt strap, in. 
P = pitch of rivets, in., on row having greatest pitch 


d= diameter of rivet after driving, in. = diameter of rivet 
hole 


Fig. 21 EXamMpuLe or Lap JOINT, LONGITUDINAL 
OR CIRCUMFERENTIAL, SINGLE-RIVETED 


a'= cross-sectional area of rivet after driving, sq. in. 

s= shearing strength of rivet in single shear, lb. per sq. in., 
as given in Par. 16 

S = shearing strength of rivet in double shear, lb. per sq. in., 
as given in Par. 16 

¢ = crushing strength of mild steel, lb. per sq. in., as an 

in Par. 15 
= number of rivets in single shear in a unit length of joint 
== number of rivets in double shear in a unit length of joint. 


97, 


98 


411 Hzample: Uap joint, longitudinal or circumferential, single- 
riveted. 
A =strength of solid plate=P XtxTS 
B=strength of plate beween rivet holes =(P—d)txTS 
C =shearing strength of one rivet in single shear =n Xs Xa 
D=crushing strength of plate in front of one rivet =dXtXc 
Divide B, C or D (whichever is the least) by A, and the quotient will be the 
efficiency of a single-riveted lap joint as shown in Wig. 2 


T'S = 55,000 Ib. per sq. in. c=95,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
t=1{ in. =0.25 in. A =1.625 X0.25 X 55,000 =22,343 
P=15£ in. = 1.625 in. B =(1.625—0.6875) 0.25 55,000 = 12,890 
d=44 in. =0.6875 in. C=1 44,000 X0.3712 = 16,332 
a =0.3712 sq. in. D =0.6875 X0.25 X95,000 = 16,328 


s =44,000 Jb. per sq. in. 


Fig. 22 EXAMPLE oF Lap JOINT, LONGITUDINAL 
oR CIRCUMFERENTIAL, DOUBLE-RIVETED 


12,890 (B) 


=0.576 =efficiency of joint 
22,343 (A) fk 


412 Hzample: Lap joint, longitudinal or circumferential, double- 
riveted. 


A =strength of solid plate=PXtXTS 

B=strength of plate between rivet holes=(P—d) txTS 

C =shearing strength of two rivets in single shear =” Xs Xa 

D=crushing strength of plate in front of two rivets=n Xd Xt Xc 

Divide B, C or D (whichever is the least) by A, and the quotient will be the 
efficiency of a double-riveted lap joint, as shown in Fig. 22. 


TS =55,000 \b. per sq. in. c=95,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
t= 5 in. =0.3125 in. A =2.875 X0.3125 X 55,000 = 49,414 
P=2% in. =2.875 in. B= (2.875—0.75) 0.3125 X55,000 =36,523 
d=% in. =0.75 in. C=2 44,000 X 0.4418 =38,878 
a=0.4418 sq. in. D=2X0.75 X0.3125 X95,000 = 44,531 
s = 44,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
36,523 (B) 


49,414 (A) =0.709 = efficiency of joint 


99 
413 Hzrample: Butt and double strap joint, double-riveted. 


A=strength of solid plate=P XtxTS 
B=strength of plate between rivet holes in the outer row =(P—d) tX 7S 


C =shearing strength of two rivets in double shear, plus the shearing strength of 
one rivet in single shear =N XS Xa+n Xs Xa 


D=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the shearing 
strength of one rivet in single shear in the outer row=(P—2d) txTS 


+nXsxXa 


Fie. 23 EXAMPLE oF Butt AND DOUBLE STRAP 
JOINT, DOUBLE-RIVETED 


E=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of one rivet in the outer row =(P—2d) t 


xXTS+dxXbxXc 


F=crushing strength of plate in front of two rivets, plus the crushing strength 
of butt strap in front of one rivet =N XdXtXc+nXdXbXc 


G=crushing strength of plate in front of two rivets, plus the shearing strength 
of one rivet in single shear =N Xd Xt Xc-+n Xs Xa 


H =strength of butt straps between rivet holes in the inner row =(P—2d) 2b 
x<TS. This method of failure is not possible for thicknesses of butt straps 
required by these Rules and the computation need only be made for old 
boilers in which thin butt straps have been used. For this reason this 
method of failure will not be considered in other Joints. 


Divide B, C, D, EL, F, G or H (whichever is the least) by A, and the quotient will 


100 


be the efficiency of a butt and double strap joint, double-riveted, as shown in 
Fig, 23. 


TS =55,000 Ib. per sq. in. a=0.6013 sq. in. 
t= 3 in. =0.375 in. s =44,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
bets Tie=— Oo l2b in, S =88,000 lb. per sq. in. 
P=4% in. =4.875 in. c=95,000 lb. per sq. in. 


d= % in. =0.875 in. 
Number of rivets in single shear in a unit length of Joint =1. 
Number of rivets in double shear in a unit length of joint =2. 


Fig. 24 EXAMPLE oF Butt AND DOUBLE STRAP JOINT, TRIPLE-RIVETED 


A =4.875 X0.375 X 55,000 = 100,547 

B=(4.875—0.875) 0.375 X 55,000 = 82,500 

C =2 X88,000 X0.6013 +1 X44,000 X 0.6013 = 132,286 

D = (4.875—2 X0.875) 0.375 X 55,000 +1 X 44,000 X0.6013 =90,910 

E = (4.875—2 X0.875) 0.375 X55,000 +0.875 X0.3125 X 95,000 = 90,429 
F =2 X0.875 X0.375 X 95,000 +0.875 X0.3125 X 95,000 = 88,320 
G=2X0.875 X0.3875 X95,000-+1X44,000 X0.6013 =88,800 


82,500 (B) 


100,547 (A) = 0.820 =efficiency of joint 


414 Hzample: Butt and double strap joint, triple-riveted. 


A =strength of solid plate=PXixXTS 

B=strength of plate between rivet holes in the outer row =(P—d) tXTS 

C'=shearing strength of four rivets in double shear, plus the shearing strength 
of one rivet in single shear =N XS Xa-+n Xs Xa 

D=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the shearing 
strength of one rivet in single shear in the outer row=(P—2d)txTS 
+nXs Xa 


101 


E=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of one rivet in the outer row =(P—2d) t 
xXTS+dx<bxXe 


F =crushing strength of plate in front of four rivets, plus the crushing strength 
of butt strap in front of one rivet =N <XdXtXc+nxXdXbXc 


G =crushing strength of plate in front of four rivets, plus the shearing strength 
of one rivet in single shear =N XdXtXc+nXs Xa 


Divide B, C, D, E, F or G (whichever is the least) by A, and the quotient will 
be the efficiency of a butt and double strap joint, triple-riveted, as shown in Fig. 24. 


T'S =55,000 lb. per sq. in. a=0.5185 sq. in. 

t= % in. =0.375 in. s =44,000 lb. per sq. in. 
b= #5 in. =0.3125 in. ; S =88,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
P=64 in. =6.5 in. c =95,000 Ib. per sq. in. 


d= 7 in. =0.8125 in. 


Number of rivets in single shear in a unit length of joint =1. 


Number of rivets in double shear in a unit length of joint =4. 


A =6.5 X0.375 X55,000 = 134,062 

B=(6.5—0.8125) 0.375 X 55,000 = 117,304 

C =4X88,000 X0.5185 +1 X 44,000 X0.5185 =205,326 

D=(6.5—2 X0.8125) 0.375 X 55,000 +1 X 44,000 x 0.5185 = 123,360 

E = (6.5—2 X0.8125) 0.3875 X 55,000 +0.8125 X0.3125 X95,000 = 124,667 
F =4X0.8125 X0.375 X95,000 +1 0.8125 X0.3125 95,000 = 139,902 
G=4 X0.8125 X0.375 X95,000 +1 X 44,000 X0.5185 = 138,595 


117,304 (B) 


134,062 (A) =0.875 =efficiency of joint 


\ 
415 Hazample: Butt and double strap joint, quadruple-riveted. 


A =strength of solid plate=P XtxTS 
B=strength of plate between rivet holes in the outer row = (P—d) tx TS 


C=shearing strength of eight rivets in double shear, plus the shearing strength 
of three rivets in single shear = N XS Xa-+n Xs Xa 


D=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the shearing 
strength of one rivet in single shear in the outer row =(P—2d) txTS 
+1xXsXa 


H=strength of plate between rivet holes in the third row, plus the shearing 
strength of two rivets in the second row in single shear and one rivet in 
single shear in the outer row = (P—4d) {X TS-+n Xs Xa 


F =strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of one rivet in the outer row =(P—2d) ¢ 
xTS+dXbxXc 


102 


G=strength of plate between rivet holes in the third row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of two rivets in the second row and one 
rivet in the outer row = (P—4d) tx TS+nxXdx<bXc 

H =crushing strength of plate in front of eight rivets, plus the crushing strength 
of butt strap in front of three rivets =N Xd XtXc+nXdXbXce | 

J =crushing strength of plate in front of eight rivets, plus the shearing strength 
of two rivets in the second row and one rivet in the outer row, in single 
shear = N Xd XtXc+nXs Xa 

Divide B, C, D, E, F, G, H or I (whichever is the least) by A, and the quotient 

will be the efficiency of a butt and double strap joint quadruple-riveted, as shown 

in Fig. 25. 


SWAN 
me Ce, 


ZN AN € 


WWWWY 


EG) 

COA 

= = 
t 


G 


) 
i 
| 


WAN 


ir) 
WY WY 


Fig. 25 ExamMpuLe oF Butt anD DOUBLE STRAP JOINT, QUADRUPLE-RIVETED 


TS =55,000 lb. per sq. in. a=0.6903 sq. in. 

t= Win.=0.5 in. s =44,000 Ib. per sq. in. 
b= zs in. =0.4375 in. S =88,000 lb. per sq. in. 
P=15 in c=95,000 Ib. per sq. in, 


d= #7§ in. =0.9875 in. 
Number of rivets in single shear in a unit length of joint =3. 
Number of rivets in double shear in a unit length of joint =8. 
A =15X0.5 X55,000 =412,500 
B=(15—0.9375) 0.5 X 55,000 =386,718 
C =8 X88,000 x 0.6903 +3 x 44,000 x 0.6903 = 577,090 
D=(15—2 X0.9375) 0.5 X55,000+-1 x 44,000 x 0.6903 = 391,310 
E = (15—4 0.9375) 0.5 X55,000-+3 X44,000 0.6903 =400,494 
F = (15—2 X0.9375) 0.5 X 55,000 +0.9375 X 0.4375 X 95,000 = 399,902 
G = (15—4 X0.9375) 0.5 55,000-+3 X 0.9375 X 0.4375 X 95,000 = 426,269 
H =8X0.9375 X0.5 X 95,000 +3 0.9375 X 0.4375 X 95,000 = 473,145 
I =8 X0.9375 X0.5 X 95,000 +3 X 44,000 X 0.6903 = 447,369 


386,718 (Bb) 


——_—_——. =().937 =efficiency of joint 
412,500 (A) Meer 


103 


416 Hzxample: Butt and double strap joint, quintuple-riveted. 


A =strength of solid plate=PxtxT'S 

B=strength of plate between rivet holes in the outer row = (P—d) t« P'S 

C =shearing strength of 16 rivets in double shear, plus the shearing strength of 
seven rivets in single shear =N XS Xa+n Xs Xa 

D=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the shearing 
strength of one rivet in single shear in the outer row =(P—2d) tXTS 
+1XsxXa 

E=strength of plate between rivet holes in the third row, plus the shearing 
strength of two rivets in the second row in single shear and one rivet in 
single shear in the outer row = (P—4d) tX7'S+38 Xs Xa 


ZANGW AS ee, | 
ee 


D 
DD 


Fig. 26 Exampie or Butt and DousLe Strap JOINT, QUINTUPLE-RIVETED 


F =strength of plate between rivet holes in the fourth row, plus the shearing 
strength of four rivets in the third row, two rivets in the second row and 
one rivet in the outer row in single shear = (P—8d) tx TS-++n Xs Xa 


G=strength of plate between rivet holes in the second row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of one rivet in the outer row =(P—2d) t 
xTS+dxXbxXc 

H =strength of plate between rivet holes in the third row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of two rivets in the second row and one 
rivet in the outer row = (P—4d) tXTS+3 Xd Xb Xc 

I=strength of plate between rivet holes in the fourth row, plus the crushing 
strength of butt strap in front of four rivets in the third row, two rivets 
in the second row and one rivet in the outer row =(P—8d) tXTS-+n 
xdxXbxXe 


106 


BRACED AND STAYED SURFACES 


418 The allowable loads based on the net cross-sectional areas of 
staybolts with V-threads, are computed from the following formulae. 
The use of Whitworth threads with other pitches is permissible. 


The formula for the diameter of a staybolt at the bottom of a 
V-thread is: 
D— (P X 1.732) =d 

where 

D = diameter of staybolt over the threads, in. 

P = pitch of threads, in. 

d = diameter of staybolt at bottom of threads, in. 

1.732 = a constant 


When U.S. threads are used, the formula becomes 
DCP SOUT BR A078) iad 


Tables 11 and 12 give the allowable loads on net cross-sectional 
areas for staybolts with V-threads, having 12 and 10 threads per inch. 


TABLE 11. ALLOWABLE LOADS ON STAYBOLTS WITH V-THREADS, 12 THREADS 


PER INCH 
: : Diameter at Net Cross- , Allowable Load 
Sane ae Bottom of Sectional Area at 7500 Lb. 
read, at Bottom o tress, per 
Sey Dae Th: Thread) Megane Sd fay 
% 0.7500 0.6057 0,288 2160 
i} 0.8125 0.6682 0.351 2632 
i 0.8750 0.7307 0.419 3142 
a 0.9375 0.7932 0.494 3705 
1 1.0000 0.8557 0.575 4312 
12 110625 0.9182 0.662 4965 
rer 1.1250 0.0807 0.755 5662 
1h 1.1875 1.0432 0855 6412 
1g 112500 1.1057 0.960 7200 
1% 113125 1.1682 1.072 3040 
18 113750 1.2307 1.190 8925 
1% 1.4375 1/2932 1.313 9849 
ihe 1.5000 1.3557 11444 10830 


t 


107 


TABLE 12. ALLOWABLE LOADS ON STAYBOLTS WITH V-THREADS, 10 THREADS 


PER INCH 
. : Diameter at Net Cross- Allowable Load 

Outside y Ase ler HAD haskiee ieee coe at 7500 Lb. 

oO read, at Bottom o Stress per 

Staybolts, In. In. Thread), Sq. In. Sq. In. 

1% 1.2500 1.0768 0.911 6832 
1% Ieol25 1.1393 1.019 7642 
1% 1.3750 1.2018 1.134 8505 
1G 1.4375 1.2643 1.255 9412 
1% 1.5000 1.3268 1.382 10365 
1% 1.5625 1.3893 1.515 11362 
1% 1.6250 1.4518 1.655 12412 


419 Table 13 shows the 


allowable loads on net cross-sectional 


areas of round stays or braces. 


TABLE 13. ALLOWABLE LOADS ON ROUND BRACES OR STAY RODS 


‘1 Ailowavle Stress, in Lb. per Sq. In., Net Cross-sectional 


Minimum Net 
Diameter Cross-sectional 

of Circular Area of Stay, 
Stay, In. in Sq. In. S 

ra | 

1 1.0000 0.7854 

lis 1.0625 0.8866 

1% 1.1250 0.9940 

1s 1.1875 1.1075 

1% 1.2500 Ve2272 

lis 1.3125 1.3530 

1% 1.3750 1.4849 | 

ly 1.4375 1.6230 

1% 1.5000 | 1.7673 

1a 1.5625 | 1.9175 

1% . 1.6250 2.0739 | 

13 1.6875 | 2.2365 | 

13% 1.7500 2.4053 

iit 1.8125 | 2.5802 | 

1% 1.8750 27612 ! 

134 1.9375 2.9483 

2 2.0000 3.1416 

2% 2.1250 3.5466 

244 2.2500 3.9761 

234 2.3750 4.4301 

2% 2.5000 4.9087 

25% 2.6250 5.4119 

23% 2.7500 5.9396 

2% 2.8750 6.4918 

3 3.0000 7.0686 


Area 


6000 "8500 9500 


Allowable Load, in Lb., on Net Cross-sectional Area 


4712 6676 7462 
5320 7536 8423 
5964 8449 9443 
6645 9414 10521 
7363 10431 11658 
8118 11501 12854 
8909 12622 14107 
9738 13796 15419 
10603 15020 16787 
11505 16298 18216 
12443 17628 19702 
13419 19010 21247 
14432 20445 22852 
15481 21932 24512 
16567 23470 26231 
17690 25061 28009 
18850 26704 29845 
21280 30147 33693 
23857 33797 37773 
26580 37656 42086 
29452 41724 46632 
32471 46001 51413 
35638 50487 56426 
38951 55181 61673 
42412 60083 67152 


420 Table 14 gives the net areas of segments of heads for use in 


computing stays. 


Height Diameter of Boiler. In. 


108 


TABLE 14. NET AREAS OF SEGMENTS OF HEADS 


from i 
Tubed 24 | 30 0 | 30 | 2 | 4 | 54 | oo 66 72 | 72 | s | 00 | 06 
fo) 

Shell, 

In. Area to be stayed, Sq. In. 

8 28 33 37 40 43 47 5J 53 55 58 60 63 65 
8144 30 41 46 51 55 59 63 66 70 74 76 80 82 
9 42 49 56 62 67 (2 76 82 86 90 92 95 98 
9% 50 58 66 70 80 86 91 96 101 105 111 116 119 
10 57 68 ere 85 93 99 106 112 117 123 129 132 137 
10% 66 | 78 89 98 107 114 123 131 135 142 147 153 | 160 
11 74 88 100 iia 121 130 138 147 155 161 169 174 183 
11% 83 99 112 124 UG Y/ 146 156 165 173 181 189 196 204 
12 91 | 109 125 139 151 163 174 184 194} 203} 213] 219] 230 
12% 120 133 153 167 180 193 204:| 216: | > 224.) 234 \ 2435252 
13 132 151 168 183 197 211 224 235 247 256 267 279 
13% 143 164 183 200 216 230 246 258 270 282 293 302 
14 155 178 199 217 234 250 266 280 294 305 319 331 
144 167 102 mele te O35 el I2b4 mee 287| 303°] 318-] 3338" ocoumooe 
15 178 206 231 252 273 291 309 326 343 357 372 386 
1516 Siete |e eer 220 | 247 271 291 312 3832 | 350] 368 | 382] 400} 417 
Us ened Rei ory ia ace 235 | 263 289 72178128 |Go34 3855 | 874] 394) 411 423 | 443 
LODG Ol cere elcaclarein 249 | 281 808 | 332 357 880 | 399 | 420] 486] 457 | 476 
aly imbed| eiesil eeepc s 264 | 297 | 826 | 353 | 3878 402 | 425] 447 | 467] 486] 502 
pa i ee seca atk 9 re 814 | 345 | 374 | 400 426} 449] 471 494] 516] 536 
dhe Wer lh 1 eee hs) Des AL es Mek 331 865 | 396 | 424 450 | 476 | 500] 520] 543] 564 
node oad PRA bare eeadig Rf ae 349, | 384 | 417 | 448 476} 501 526 | 552] 577) 598 
Oe Ree tA eee (ee 366 | 404 | 4389 | 470 500 | 529 | 555} 580] 604] 6381 
1916 tap see | svete [Senne s 384 {424 | 461 496 528 | 558 | 584] 613] 641 663 
74.0 art Rea A aah aed CLAM 401 444 | 483 519 552 | 583 | 613 | 642] 667] 699 
QO |i se OR Oe Seen 464 505 | 543 578 | 613 | 643 | 675 | 706| 729 
PA Nana Tino Aas ae eal ee aie hd 9 Al 485 | 528 568 604 | 640 | 673 | 705} 733] 766 
DUG Tee cael soak aie tae arma ae 505 | 551 594 632 | 669 | 703 | 739 | 766] 797 
DD cated et Let cert Heo ae eee ae 526 | 574 | 618 658 | 697 | 734 769 | 800 | 835 
PPR CAR A A teal al babies irae arn Neda ES ve ie. ue 597 | 643 687 | 726] 765] 800] 835] 867 
75 a Ting Re, 8 Usa bis | SRG PLS PASS ESP 620 | 668 713 | 754 | 796 | 830} 869} 906 
Pa Re ai PEG eg Cae tig Bieay  AL sir) i te x ate ki Ne 642 | 695 ae 784 | 827 | 866] 904] 945 
DA ewe ae be cere si eee Ras ener SRR wre 667 719 768 | 814 | 859 | 897] 939] 978 
DETERS Sr ena tell te Sit cehe Timea N'| tem ae 689 745 797 | 843 | 892 | 934] 975] 1018 
RPC Pay a8 em pad eeepc esr Pies OY Li 714 771 825 | 875 | 922 |] 966 | 1010 | 1051 
ZO LG Wilbert ese Lee bete ae rot co] Meyer chen eaape 737 =| 798 855 | 907} 956 | 1003 | 1047 | 1092 
26 ile dil ieas & |Site tel setts Bee aneevenend eat pase 761 824 882 | 9386 | 987 | 1035 | 1083 | 1126 
26147 Eee hee ee loka aloe Peel soc ee 850 909 | 968 | 1024 | 1073 | 1120 | 1167 
27 intel ep nee le ehme ic Licatsce sce PReRmer eed Lileks eoanctt 2 eee 877 939 | 998 | 1053 | 1106 | 1157 | 1202 
PUY OM) WO: anil pe rae grey Pee FC My MVR REA LS 904 968 | 1030 | 1089 | 1145 | 1195 | 1243 
Sante pel ae ceo | Siktaen te ase eene tees oes Sa 930 997 | 1060 | 1120 | 1177 | 1232 | 1279 
28 3G cl saeestelae ees Glave ets CROC ree lec oie Le Eons 1028 | 1092 | 1157 | 1211 | 1270 | 1321 
p74.) Mii i RRL GP Bar eA 0 AN Ba eg DS | 1056 | 1123°| 1187 | 1248 | 1305 | 1360 
ORG ml baart lovee |<. «ees Leen ed tenes || Se ee 1084 | 1155 | 1221 | 1284 | 1847 | 1400 
SO ART harap eee eusia ca eel le Meese Soler ih 1 coe bee eRe 1115 | 1187 | 1255 | 1321 | 1382 | 1442 
1 OB 2 Salim hegre en ech Mamet: Meee ere ra Mare al Cae eae PH memati A 1218 | 1290 | 1358 } 1424 | 1480 
So Al ak BSL RS AR GAS ROS yh Penta pa ctoul a AE TM ea RU A 1252 | 1324 | 1394 | 1459 | 1523 
aU TaN bined Bice ol ee cas pees Me Pe a eke ctl eg RR Me acre 1286 | 1359 | 1433 | 1496 | 1561 
32. = Nate hils sale eh oes ls weed ete ade ed cians duerec She CARMEN rete ate oil eee eee 1317 | 1394 | 1467 | 1538 | 1608 
BQ iW isleate ie bale ce tata elle oie eo CTL Tabb Rea cece tes] ne RUGRIIMMA | nee geet] laa Re ear 1430 | 1508 | 1575 | 1650 
BS. basatwte |e: ccotctanell ee yren’s 1 Ribmonete. ilies toe tate ted 7 UO Ried] eee to oT ays) enema ee 1465 | 1542 | 1617 | 1687 
= BD COPE CTEM Uae OE RESUME © me a HS 0 ON I a pe 1500 | 1578 | 1655 | 1733 
a ee PRS ER He RA Miata Mee eC Raab iy Grea RNR. he ka 1536 | 1617 | 1695 | 1770 
Ee es artsy Caer) MP mER NS mi Ae Pr lteg: Bock ptac’ | fac OY Ream Mme de EE 1654 | 1735 | 1816 
BOA Pcie vessl| weebiote tile) Sete eos Lalmeme rete fcr cantae atl hee) at ORM a piigecite C2) CTs aaa apa | a 1692 | 1775 | 1856 
16 Far] Re SRS 9 PSP Sm | STR T Fl ee e h 1810 | 1900 
LUI § Papeete ume st a ara Park Arima Se ie Mirage oy POOL LD, eer ea A eS keh oo] Ree 1857 | 1941 
OGG” Jaina. fonceees cfsceies eget Lees ETE Reel ne eet Ved ek eee Ace eee 1984 
SY Mea PEL PaaS Prerermrs Fata Ary Mmm cn BCG 5 oy Ce Ee NR eau Aeys sh 2026 


109 


SAFETY VALVES 


421 Method of Computing Discharge Capacity. The required 
discharge capacity of a safety valve or valves for a boiler may be 
based either on the heat units in the fuel consumed or on the amount 
of steam generated. 

The number of heat units that each safety valve will handle, for 
valves of the ordinary types in which the discharge capacity is pro- 
portioned to the lift, may be obtained as follows: 

U = 161,000X PX DXL for bevel seats at 45 deg. 
U = 227,500X PX DXL for flat seats. 

The amount of steam that a valve will discharge may be found 

as follows: 


~W =110X PXDXL for bevel seats at 45 deg. 
W = 155X PX DXL for flat seats. 


where 
U —number of heat units per hour that a safety valve will 
handle, B. t. u. : 
W = quantity of steam that a safety valve will handle per 
hour lb. 
P = absolute boiler pressure or gage pressure plus 14.7 lb. 
per sq. in. 


D = inside diameter of valve seat, in. 
L = vertical lift of valve disc, measured with 3 per cent 
excess pressure, In. 


METHOD OF CHECKING THE SAFETY VALVE CAPACITY BY MEASURING 
THE Maximum AMOUNT or FUEL THAT CAN BE BURNED 


422 The maximum quantity of fuel C that can be burned 
per hour at the time of maximum forcing is determined by a test. 
The maximum number of heat units per hour, or CXH is then 
determined, using the values of H given in Par. 427. The weight 
of steam generated per hour is found by the formula: 


CXHX0.75 
W fee ee 
1,100 


The sum of the safety valve capacities marked on the valves 
shall be equal to or greater than W. 


110 


423 Hzxample 1: A boiler at the time of maximum forcing uses 
2150 lb. of Illinois coal per hour of 12,100 B. t. u. per lb. Boiler 
pressure, 225 lb. per sq. in. gage. 


CXH = 2150 12,100 = 26,015,000 
W =CXHx0.75 — 1100 = 17,740 


A 3% in. bevel seated valve with 0.11 in. lift would discharge in 
heat units. 


U = 161,000 239.7 X34 X0.11 
= 14,858,000 


and in weight of steam 


W = 110X239.7X33X0.11 
— 10,150 


From which it can be seen that either method indicates that two 
such valves will give the proper relieving capacity. 


424 Example 2: Wood shavings of heat of combustion of 6400 
B. t. u. per lb. are burned under a boiler at the maximum rate of 
2000 Ib. per hour. Boiler pressure, 100 Ib. per sq. in. gage. 


CX H = 2000 X 6400 = 12,800,000 
W =CXHX0.75 + 1100 = 8730 


A bevel seated 35 in. valve is marked by the manufacturer 0.11 
in. lift and discharge capacity for 100 lb. pressure == 4840 Ib.; 
hence two such valves would be required. 


425 Haample 3: An oil-fired boiler at maximum forcing uses 
1000 Ib. of crude oil (Texas) per hour. Boiler pressure, 275 lb. per 
Sq. In. gage. 


CX H = 1000 18,500 — 18,500,000 
W =CXHX0.75 + 1100 — 12,620 


A bevel seated 25 in. valve is marked by the manufacturer 0.08 
in. lift and discharge capacity for 275 lb. pressure = 6350 lb.; hence 
two such valves would be required. 3 

426 Hxample 4: A boiler fired with natural gas consumes 3000 
cu. ft. per hour. The working pressure is 150 lb. per sq. in. Bae. 

CXH = 3000 X 960 = 2,880,000 
W =CXHX0.75 + 1100 = 1960 


111 


A bevel seated 2 in. valve is marked by the manufacturer 0.07 
in. lift and discharge capacity for 150 lb. pressure = 2500 Ib.; 
hence one such valve would be required. 


427 For the purpose of checking the safety valve capacity as 
described in Par. 422, the following values of heats of combustion 
of various fuels may be used: 


Ha—Bet. Us 
per lb. 

mre eM GUIIIECS COAL ah ory wie Uti als He Uae Oe be GP areata 14,500 
Pee ICN Gee te rei cole cata ve AG. SEI ott Rs ial ak NS ily ees 13,700 
ee Ie acre Gaara Sees Mae RE OS a ee ot a Pe ae naa 12,500 
SPAS | oi oie eel TE Mia sak Ee acai i On ra ntGe Me OL ae Ne aie ame SY Sno LO a 13,500 
Perera Or sort. Kiln Pied | cee y Vane i kts Me oe de Gack POR a BE 7,700 
Pea nara soln ait Gried ole kee) oes Ye Ee het 6,200 
WY OUC SHBWINES ee. ee L, ROME Gt ao ata 3/2 duaeemrne Ter ral Stee. be 6,400 
Peat, air dried, 25 per cent moisture...... Pa ial drs sensor eae nay emu ure 2 abuts 7,500 
Tip LSPs SE ole oe i a ent aE eC A STR Famer gee AN Re yg ES Aas Se 10,000 
Pe OrISC Lees sc y Cee irk Mra desk Sed ROPE ia ticeel ic tt ut Rea a Ta 32 Gotan 20 , 000 
Peeroreureciine Ol, Penne). wos ree is Oe NU ae aes 20,700 
Beeercletiam crue Ol EHS or Pret he ee tL Os WESC aie. 18,500 

HB. teu: 

per cu. ft. 
DR REAR or le Te slg is hee Vogt sss te wines see Fe sy animes <8 960 
Re rate Ane ee Ee ci Nee ea bey Lees} ole ale aut cameos 100 
ORE ne es TM ee gt a Es sb Es bee Lae ada 8 150 


Reber Mie, MACATOUICLLOU as cole beac pose soc ec eid ele die ed ced ped atedale 290 


112 


“@AISN[OUL “Ul OOT OF ‘Ul ZE SeZTS 1OJ S3NU 10} poi0g yods eq 0} seZuvyqT 
*soqOUSIA 490x008 YWIM dn peynd ApJUsTUaAUOD 9q UB ‘UI OOT 0} ‘UI Bp sozIs odid 
Io} synu [euosexeyT + ‘spay jO USISep UINUITUTU Jo seyous1M uedo yytM dn pend A]}UeTMeA UO oq UBD ‘UT OF 0} “Ul [ sozIs odid 10j synu [euOZexeFT 
‘ALOPOVjHYVS SI PUS YOU 4B 4YNU B YIM pNjs JosIv] Pus IoJOUIVIP “UI 8¢[ ‘pepusUIUIODEI oIs S}NU [eUOSexXeY YIIM s}]oq pvey sienbg 
"BOZIS 9DIB][ 10} ZUIZ[Oq UO posN sq 0} YOUSIM xog ‘oUII} JUaseId OY} 4% OZIS ‘UI-Eg 04} puosdg pud}x9 JOU Op s[RIOIVT 
*BUIYSVO B1OJod su19}}6d UI sIDTBMOT 
-[@ 9[QBIINS OFVUI [TM SIOINZOVNUBUT AIVSsad9 SIOYAA “SUOISUDUIIP POYSTUY sv} OF GOV} IOJ PUB DOVJ 0} J0}U9D IOJ GIB UDAIZ SOINBTY—:SaLON 


SET TAR Ie WLS eeT el Set ee eel el AT eT ee Bb Toteeeeeeee ss «pod Jo ssouHorg} [eJoUr WINUITUTTAT 
SET [4I 841 [Se [BGT [Set (AT [41 [AT [840 [AT LAT IAT AL AI IST] OT” Sr bcies big etre Ree "**"* “gq]oq Jo 1azoUrBIG, 
FF}_ OF_ OF 98] 98] ZEl_ ZEl TE 82 82} Sal_ Fe] O02 02 OZ_ 9T|_ 91°" °° ** Rs ERS See ee oN On ecae 8}]0q JO “ON 
9S] ec] Ye lel GF MA LP ASH esr 0H A8s) 98] PElYelslet16c 422] SelweeclAls Serres eee seers ss* © sora 4]oq Jo JoyoureIg 
VES tS 1860 (846 [HS |2e0 [242 Ate [Hs [84% [ES | Os BT AE ET PET ET fc Beis aN ee ae esuvy JO ssouyoryL, 
Helse Aee| Eeseos vest, oF ech elh Mese|Hoe HrEl csel16e| 22] Szisre fe ages EE ES ot * RUBY To 1eteUrsicy 
8h] 9F FF Ch OF SE OE} FE SE OF] SZ 9a Fe ZZ OZ GT| Sl cc ttt ees eraONpor ooKy 0} SORT 8 
a) sete acip'a, 60 o 6. e[teliamve}\e\.ehelie fie ete) isle w 610} « 0:.0-ra le! ,6) a iw O1l%6 6 6 348 8 ii 249 PAs WRENS S pase Orc ten mnaisa ae Sora cie oe St OO NOT TOGO) a 
SSPE 0G S.C APOC KS Carcany FE SEC a) CY OCT eee 61% OF Pr HOH LE ce Ze oe wee eerone NES 88 Raa Berens idikione > rs.<" SS OORS OF TOMO a 
DB arena.l 6.6, 00.08 wil Che) ©. 6110.0 /0 BL.e 0:6 (81m le" A)1 01,018 68 ee) 61s: 6¢ 9¢ €c\% 6F OF SF GE 57 OG CS Fees See ee Ee A TE IOI By OIBs OF GGT a 
Pomc kal tary Oal 6ll- Sl Zi, OUST sh CT) Tipe OUSE6 [54 S- (Sin aca eee Ras ge napa meen BT]9 “Sop-cH JO dovy OF I09UOD 0 
F919] 6S\549S] FSIS{IS| GFXOF FPHSTIF GEl%tOE! FElX1e] E292 Face scr e sss ss “Sia SNIpes SOT JO 9ovj OF 19}UaD, gq 
re} Es] sel Is} O€] 62] 82 22] 92] Ge Fe E2| Sez Oz SIl\*9l] ST sae Vv 
89} 99} #9} 29] O09] 8G} 9G] FS] Ze} OS] 8H OF FH OF QE] EE] OF V-V 


ae Bid vg POG eda pee Wy peep wey 
1 eI Gere ae a - ee a ie 74, a a, 23 aie 
: rile era oy ri ae he ee I come). Hawa ee S}0q JO “ON 
0p se3 oy ANN Og ie 8 v4 Ua gm rec Bo eas Leb 5 PR ee rane ar piorie #109 OseiureCt 
ate aia ares be CPs oe oir Cole Lishc: ete et™ eb 109 SIRE We te aah se on tn et ete elem cera esuvy jo ssouNoiyy, 
VAs clis%e ral Il OL v6 6 eB wD i} 9 c CAP $ a ON TOUS 10 on.0ed) RO ehe a, ono LSneLeneneiia.elvelaveleleids esuepy jo IoJoUIvIG 
a) Sed pe be eel Ele] bese bie | « per per foc Rees | 8 
RS eee . 
se} LAAFre|o074 614 L124 91 prls4e1|s4e1 raiZaal orls<6 8 Z 549 vg Sees SE ENE ON eR a ENCE Ce oe} 04 1040) Z 
5 y j z a eee a a eat ee sll ‘Bop-cp Jo oovy 6} 199U0F) 9 
WetAle| GUASIAST| PSA AOWNKG | 6 18 |e, ] 2149) 9 IKE] Gy fadiaes sane S][9 SNIPBI SUOT JO vow 0} 109U9H gq 
SAFI z 8 YL je eg 9 S4G c OP P ee we B58! Si/0r 8 0. A1 OL eee. 8 0. 0 le. snimie, louie, @).\9: lee. eee hertets* OORT fon 193u99 ¥ 
CT al re | ZI ja OL 6 8 op, Ll Cray Cet fe fer Ser Were esr ©. 0 ace) 6) wiles 2s le eliaileheria oO Q0By 0} 2087 ¥-V 


Se) AP le ote ke teas | oo ee ot 


(0¢ ‘Id AUS) SUZIS LHDIVULS ‘SONILLIG AONV 1d CUVGNVAS ‘NI ‘OS Udd AAASSAUd ONIMUOM “AT-S2l GUVANVLS NVOINANWY 
St HIaEaViL 


113 


“208 PISTBI SIPN[OUT 9[GByz UI UIAIZ sesuey Jo ssauyHory, 
‘syn 1oj pelog 40ds aq 0} sesuvT 
fal KR 9q 04 998} PasIvI PUB SoTOY 40d JO sespea episul UseAjzoq GOUBISICGE 
‘BoyOuUsIM 4aHO08 yt dn pend A],USTUsAMOD 9q UVO “Ul BF O} “UL BT SozI8 
edid 103 Bynu TeNOZereyy ‘spvey fo uswep wnNurrurur jo soysuSIA YIM dn paynd AT}UaTMaATOD oq UBD “Ul QT O} “UT T S9ZI8 edid 10; s3nu [vuosexreyy 
*£10}0BJSIYBS SI PUS FOCI 4B YNU B YIM PNys JOZIV] PU IOJOUIVIP “Ul 8<[ ‘“pepuoUIUIODEI o1¥ S}NU [BVUOsexXOY YIM 8}[0q pvoy eienbg 
‘SOZIS OB1IV] 10} BUI[OG UO pesN oq 0} YousIM KOg ‘oUIT} JUaseId 04} 4B OZIS “UI FZ OY} PUOASG PUSzXO 4OU OP s[RI9}V'T 
*BUI}SBO SIOJOq sui94}¥ed UT 


BOOUBAOTIE o[qVIMs oYVUr [IM sIoINpOVMUCUL AIvss900U SIO AA ‘SUOISUIUITP poysTUy oovy 0} OBJ IOJ PUB OOVJ 0} 19}T99 Oj OIG USAID HOINST J—: SALON 


SOLS HES UtS Pe Guo les 116 (TC |. 6 joel etl [Cok Mel ott Sel AL | 8 Apoq Jo ssouyory} [BJO WMNUITUTIY 
Sie amore Ph oc Hetl ere ek eal ela (os el eel el A Pela ee Ss SEM BY Od $0 LO; OUIB ICL 
OF OF 9S} 9E]_ 98] ZEl ZE]_ 8z]_ 8Z_ 82] 82_ Sz] F2|_ Fe FS|_ FZ] Ot) ° 7”! Deligee aebeatn cee ie Saee 83]0q Jo JequInN 
MOWNALS| SS\PEcs\ 0S] Sh] OF MEH MAIH Ae] LEsPEl Eee La\YeraetSol Te topes, SPT alo Jo-tejourNic 
y ze [Mes lke fetes aks (ee ie |e | S [EES EES 24 [908 [21s (Fes [Ms | senee Se en Be Ooou ae E 
COMI MES| Lg\StbS ss] OSL MSh Shor Ase| 9] ESEis0k| Bzstoa niga bites batt esuvpy jo JoJeuUvIq 
St] 9F] FF Zh OF SE] 9S] FE} ZE} OF 82 92 Fe] Ze} 0% ET] ST oot”: acne aie hie Beas JOON Pal ‘9oVF OF 90B,T ra) 
ESE NOTE RASS SE AEN RCI CH SACS (SE RY RCI De CaN ad ea OU“6 £42 8 IK%L eee ee eee eoeeererseeoeeeee esreeeee STVII}VT ‘aovy OF 19}zT9— a 
CLP Aor OF Bre OPE eee ec ee esos eeceeeeeoe eceecee ee *S][B1098] ‘g0R] 04 107097) gq 
eno cae eaeeens| cae ear tae ce te|| eacueas | ome. tas|wacae. |< wieme|'otore te omeun es 08 Ce eg 6PI“4 SF A cfg an Simard ere eceee season sees “STeIayBl ‘a0VjJ 0} BIBT ad 
Tueee eel Shor Ue Gl Sit 21 ON Se PL St Sl) LUO 0116 |t-o  es RS atin, Sues 8119 “Bap-CF JO oz 0} IO} TOD Fe) 
F9/%{ 19} 6S/%49S] FSStIS| GHX9F FEMIF G8lSe9e| PETE) 62/2497] Fa sr ereese s+ SiT9 SNIPBI SUOT JO By OF IO}TO-) g 
ZHH40F GE) LE/S4Se] PESeze\F10E| 62/5422] 92] FB|54SR\S10T/9161] STl9T/" 7° oe Pee ree oe abe eesOUes 02 teste) V 
#8} 18} SZ} FZ; TZ} 89) 99] T9} 8g] Gc] ZG} SF Gh Th 6s] OE] SE ete Te SONNE Sk occaratae 20BJ 0} 908,J V-V 
Sb | OF | HH | SF | OF | 8E | 9E | FE | ZE | OF | 8S | 9B | FS | ZZ | OZ | ST | OT OZIS 4 
F 
SET {tof 1 i 8s RE he OE Is. 4 RR Eee "++ Apo JO SsoU OIG? [BOUL UINUITUTAT 
PEL erat eda er Ve een |e ie oe eo 84) Ite EL | ee hee ect eel 
OZ ice UL Sueeseeel| oll Cll8 |.8 128 |S | 28 ear PrP ee ee eee a s}]0q Jo JequInN 
SEIZ|MOSWLTMST_ FI] ST\SZI 1/4016 [248 |92L IAL |849 [82S |G ah |Mee [AE |! 2S 27 SOO FOG Jo" teyOUrvICT 
APE Cea (el oak Stl Leer EAL Pe Led [ved 122 lth ee Be ees ce esuBpy JO ssouyory L, 
HAPs SziSO7 42191] SI] PSI} IT%O1| OT] 6 [As |%2|H9}] 9} SIAP SE RS oh Ae 
LI QI FI ZI “LI Il OL 6 8 ey, 2 49 9 eee ele ee ole ew wole cs cleceele ee esr rere eece Oe eee ors . reonpel 908} 04 9087 D 
Kio %9 9 Ie ¢ c UP P te ae ¢ rs @ |8z Sz \%z Kz g. [rei Mewieviate! suelo Meets rok sees +++ +g1B1098] ‘aouy 04 1090197) a 
ee} telSezzl_ FalS4zziS407|_ 61/S421|_ SIlSPl|seellsect] ITSO] 6 [818 |M2 [849 | sper078T 808s 09 Lo}ua) a 
5468/24 26/84 88/5460] °120|9492| A Ss|AIS/A81| SIMONA) PI] STII] T1346 [218 | B[BIO}V] ‘99BJ 0} 00BT a 
6 481 Se LO | 9:1. -9 1849 |--9 15th [a9 [le 28. S48 | Seen PS | eel S0p Gy J0.008) OF tere 6) 
Yezl12| |rlSorlMer] FPIMst/s<11|Morls46 | 6 |S Vez | 2 149) 9 9) Fi. 66111277 SMe super Sao] Jo ows 09 JOPTO:) gq 
Sect OH) Olioe LUMOH .OTf 6 (4G: Sets 1a kD | 98S: | Ste ae a Pl ec ee ea Vv 
TO). Ob OE S71 TS) Od < ST) ZU So SUELO VET)  CUPU LEO WO ors ae Och ioe ok cma 908} 0} 008 v-V 
SE) PL | Shb0r 1 6-1 89] 2 O18. (HIP [hie] © Ante aed ' 9218 


(0g ‘DIA TAS) SAZIS LADIVULS ‘SONILLIA AONV1A AAVEH VULXE “NI ‘OS UAd AUOSSAUd ONIMUOM “AT-092 ‘CUVANV.LS NVOIdGAY 


9l AIAVL 


dal LAILAO sais 


114 


TIS Gb 


OT ONV CT SaTavy, NI GANOISNANIG SONLLILT GNVIT JO SAAT, CUVANVIG Of ‘DI 
Y39NdSY SIYINI993 YS9NGaYN 


T13 SNIGVY 9NOT 


AWYALVI 


re 
eh ie 


Ke---- 


a3aL daams a1anodd ZaL daamMs STONIS 


13 LAILANO 3als T14 HONVUG 31EN0d 


T14 006 


eis: 


FusIsLE Priuas 


428 Fusible plugs, if used, shall be filled with tin with a melting 
point between 400 and 500 deg. fahr. 

429 ‘The least diameter of fusible metal shall be not less than 4% 
in., except for maximum allowable working pressures of over 175 Ib. 
per sq. in. or when it is necessary to place a fusible plug in a tube, in 
which case the least diameter of fusible metal shall be not less than 
32 in. 

430 Each boiler may have one or more fusible plugs located 
at the lowest permissible water level as follows: 

a In Horizontal Return Tubular Boilers—in the rear head, 
not less than 2 in. above the upper row of tubes, the meas- 
urement to be taken from the line of the upper surface of 
tubes to the center of the plug, and projecting through 
the sheet not less than 1 in. 

6 In Horizontal Flue Boilers—in the rear head, on a line with 
the highest part of the boiler exposed to the products of 
combustion, and projecting through the sheet not less than 
1 in. . 

ce In Traction, Portable or Stationary Boilers of the Loco- 
motive Type or Star Water Tube Boilers—in the highest 
part of the crown sheet, and projecting through the sheet 
not less than 1 in. | 

d In Vertical Fire-tube Boilers—in an outside tube, not less 
than one-third the length of the tube above the lower tube 
sheet. 

e In Vertical Fire-tube Boilers, ‘Corliss Type—in a tube, not 
less than one-third the length of the tube above the lower 
tube sheet. 

f In Vertical Submerged Tube Boilers—in the upper tube 
sheet, and projecting through the sheet not less than 1 in. 

g In Water-tube Boilers, Horizontal Drums, Babcock & Wilcox 
Type—in the upper drum, not less than 6 in. above the 
bottom of the drum, over the first pass of the products 
of combustion, and projecting through the sheet not less 
than 1 in. 

h In Stirling Boilers, Standard Type—in the front side of 
the middle drum, not less than 4 in. above the bottom of 
the drum, and projecting through the sheet not less than 
Apia 


116 


+ In Stirling Boilers, Superheater T'ype—in the front drum, 
not less than 6 in. above the bottom of the drum, exposed 
to the products of combustion, and projecting through the 
sheet not less than 1 in. 

j In Water-tube Boilers, Heine Type—in the front course of 
the drum, not less than 6 in. above the bottom of the drum, 
and projecting through the sheet not less than 1 in. 

k In Robb-Mumford Boilers, Standard Type—in the bottom 
of the steam and water drum, 24 in. from the center of the 
rear neck, and projecting through the sheet not less than 
1 in. 

~ In Water-tube Boilers, Almy Type—in a tube or fitting ex- 
posed to the products of combustion. 

m In Vertical Boilers, Climax or Hazelton Type—in a tube or 
center drum not less than one-half the height. of the shell, 
measuring from the lowest circumferential seam. 

m In Cahall Vertical Water-tube Boilers—in the inner sheet 
of the top drum, not less than 6 in. above the upper tube 
sheet, and projecting through the sheet not less than 1 in. 

o In Wickes Vertical Water-tube Boilers—in the shell of the 
top drum and not less than 6 in. above the upper tube 
sheet, and projecting through the sheet not less than 1 in. ; 
so located as to be at the front of the boiler and exposed to 
the first pass of the products of combustion. 

p In Scotch Marine Type Boilers—in the combustion chamber 
top, and projecting through the shect not less than 1 in. 

q In Dry Back Scotch Type Boilers—in the rear head, not less 
than 2 in. above the upper row of tubes, and projecting 
through the sheet not less than 1 in. 

r¢ In Economic Type Boilers—in the rear head, above the upper 
row of tubes. 


s In Cast-Iron Sectional Heating Boilers—in a section over 
and in direct contact with the products of combustion in 
the primary combustion chamber. 


t In Water-tube Boilers, Worthington Type—in the front side 
of the steam and water drum, not less than 4 in. above the ~ 
bottom of the drum, and projecting through the sheet not 
less than 1 in. | 


u For other types and new designs, fusible plugs shall be placed 
at the lowest permissible water level, in the direct path 
of the products of combustion, as near the primary eom- 
bustion chamber as possible. 


117 


» Wire Engine Boilers are not usually supplied with fusible 
plugs. Unless special provision is made to keep the 
water above the fire box crown sheet other than by the 
natural water level, the lowest permissible water level 
shall be at least 3 in. above the top of the fire box crown 
sheet. 


INDEX 


TO 


RULES FOR THE 
CONSTRUCTION OF STATIONARY BOILERS 
AND FOR ALLOWABLE WORKING 


PRESSURES 


INDEX TO ComPLETE RULES.....:...........055 oP RMR Pan Pe rit RTL tee Meech CEN Ae ihaged Cheeta ae 121 


INDEX TO COMPLETE RULES 


loads on stays, table of 


PCL STON GA VS MEMrer mena atn rater ery aie etn ha etcr at WPS eds cc Quy ean Cee oe Somes ony 


stress on stays and 


StSy=DOLL een intia sole te shaker a shone is teed teas 1S 


WOLmneipressure, Neate WOlers sess lol. Gps Ao a ome hee ee Le Gee 


working pressure, existing installations 
working pressure, existing installations, heating boilers 
working pressure, power boilers 


AME UGL ENE AL OS Ne: ter MUU nko a tyes Lyrae Ne 2 ke ictascesey Sus a cheats: ek uate 


Angies on h.r.t. boiler heads, 36 in. or less diameter 
Area, grate surface, table to determine size of safety valves 
of grate surfaces for direct spring-loaded safety valves 


ec eee eee eae 


of grate surfaces other than direct spring-loaded safety valves............ 


segments, formula for 
segments of heads to be stayed 


ORS (Hol Eyed eta). UR Usa ee Men Ree oe AE AT COE RE 


to be stayed in heads 
to be stayed in heads having manhole 
Automatic shut-off valves 


Back pitch of riveted joints 
Bars, steel for boiler parts 
steel, specifications for 
refined iron, specifications for 


we, <n. 4! cetselisgle) <j lee) jes. 


obras ng Wuage Coy FH OP en rey oe [ES Sk Dg EL Oy FY Er aR eT aS TN 


Blow down for safety valves 
Blow-off cock, power boilers 
existing installations 


Meat OUCEG Mo ate ee ee ns ss add a aes ae lala fo agbeni tee 


piping, new installations 
piping, existing installations 
piping, heating boilers 


eyo ditekalie. ef a'ne) os syle iy es ie/'si al \\0)he. Pie. ie) w) 6) Ubi hl a) wi" oe! 6) 


el fey eis, 'an eo Uallel W etic, elena: 


PUDSLOTICLALGLIN GS eee ke Seas Mince is oh} late See SUR yee Geeta Bada eye 


Boiler builder’s stamps, 


LOCH TLODA OL eee ines a Gla re tYes ees heen 
builder’s stamps, not to be covered 
bushing, for feed pipe connection 
plate steel, specifications for 
to be stamped A.S. 
wet bottom, distance from floor line 


IVER Ec CCM tcc ies rea vhs fh cats aclik Ge nr d e 


wet bottom, distance from floor line (heating boilers)..............-.....- 


Braced and stayed surfaces 
Braced and stayed surfaces 


A es) >) (k, 8 eecundh sities ie! wile) ef ie) Gye ley @iisaiay 8,96 a) 5) 6: heute 


Sl inte aley a Pile siceteree, & 


Braces, diameter of pins, area of rivets in and design of crowfeetfor.......... 


made of steel plate 


Pusvele tbe el Vise elie eb bar a Me lbrel Mie, Bent op a lb hp a 


PAGE 
82 


13-17 


PAR. 
327-328 
370 
242 
393 
281 
418-419 
419 
419 
209 
220 
338-340 
378-384 
383 
179-180 
362 
225-229 
356 


217 
214 


214-217 
218 
292 
303 


182 
6 
64-76 
151-163 
250 
281 
309-311 
401-403 
364 
307-313 
401-405 
364 
311 
333 
334 
315 
23-39 
332 
326 
369 
199-233 
418 
223 
5 


122 


\ 

Braces— Continued arias 
made of steel plate (gussets)........ Dee Cramton, eis a ne 61 
spacing bet weed... Sake ste ae agus, so taeee cee too hc ee 53 
steel bars TOs, sepe os itehg rele Sein Se Rie eee Woe ioig okie «si eibters Sea eae eee 9 
when welded) 0h. Cae ee Sees eee ei hatevcen Meatebauete, che eobne sede cee Nena ore 9 

‘Brackets; /to/support |b: buDOtlers ss a. 2 bis csi Galen wert cie is ete Shee ee 82 

Brown LUPNACESs Fy Le ee aee eM ees oa ole omens cabo Nodeccb elles eto ok nals ee ce rn 67-68 

Bt Of Various fUGIs os me pase tes ica ere eles | RACE acter a ailarpkd cee ee eee 111 

Butt and double-strap joint 
double riveted......... Rhee halle Oe, his tanet ec AE Moos ia ny Uieletie-< ic te open eae et in enone 99 
triple THVet] ors asst eiieiaie eee k SI eee reac rete eo edel sue Hae here tae ee oe en 100 
quadrupleiriveted sence wae see rao ices POMP CMG rsa YE a A uss. 101 
Guin tuple riveted ys sie Gey wre sese as eee elas Folie enabled he ta Mei te eames oe poet Cee 103 

Butt straps, tables of minimum thicknesses of. ............-..---. 2 see eee cece 11 
straps, to be rolled or formed................ i Lelie Alea ERS See eT 48 
straps;of equal: width. 02. ey eS ese eis ec eee ee oe ee eee 105 
SETAE, BAW: COOL a ers sires tee cals, sunie he oie. abrir le dene ete ae anerianatts e sin cee See 105 

C 

Calking yt eerie eek 2 SRS SR sae ae a WEN aYy Sc Lee ote Cee Te tae Reema eee 70 

Capacity of safety valves 
examples.of checking seta ace sein ia tieke einiet Gleiete sicleidl start ee eeee ea Rene eee 110 
method ‘of checking 4 tes 2205 bbe) a RC yeh oh tere oe ea ae ee ea 109-111 
method of checking (existing installations)...............ce2eeeeeeeeees 93 

Cast iron (See gray iron castings or malleable castings) 
for headers) eR ks Bo Ce Sie ORR ne ans coke ee a 69 
used ‘with superheated steam. 0. 12 ulm ens isieree ees, «oie s ie rae ae ete 10 
boiler; hydrostatic pressure test Of sce et ck ee ie ie eee eee 89 
boiler, maximum pressure allowed.on: 22s. s ent eiee ce ee oon eee 90 
boiler.section to betestedin dinn ns): io ele ene cele eee 89 
headers, maximum pressure allowed on, existing installations............. 92 
headers, maximum pressure allowed on, power boilers................-.. 69 
headers; tested’ to destruction: {co eee, lars eee eee ue dee eats ee 69 

Cast steel (See steel) 

Castings, specifications for grayuiron +). ose ees ae ce eee ee eee 28-31 
specifications for malleable iron... 2 Sacer oe ok ceeds ee ee 31-32 
specifications for steely SF s balsa vse apie ete's © bse eis Ree REE i ee re 24-28 
certificate of ‘competency 20% Be seksi ile cautions less 4) oteueliel Sian en eye ee Ae ts 

Channel irons for flat headsy gg eiccci aie csc ere es le ender ee 53 

Check. valve'on feed=pipe 3 siivairataaie ter. les SRS. 5 esta etal re enn Cane eee . 80 

Check valve on feed-pipe, existing installations....................-2-...-0e- 95 

Checking safety valve capacity, method of............... EAR tea nie aioe A 3 109-111 

Checking safety valve capacity, method of, existing installations.............. 93 

Gireular'furnaces'and! fluessoue ki as sors eae are, «ete Ce cae 65-66 

Cireularsmanhole opening: 230s 2. oud is oe ee ce en 70 

Crreumferential joints. sce eS Rice Re ee Fn ae ce chap A See 46-47 

Cléanout' door in, setting sige scp iesatne nue a eaten ch worden a 82 

Cock (See valves, gage cocks, blow-off cocks) 

Combined ares of safety valves s. ois saeco uieyae ele eee te heehee Ren era 75 

Combustion chamber, materials to be used in. .....:.......0..0 000 ce eee cease 9 

Combustioniehamber; sling stays ici oie cee ce cere tonaee a ee ee 65 

Combustion chamber, tube’sheets of (o<ecer de ee ee eae ee 64 

Condemned: boilers =-'staiip.ay oo ny Se ae ea ie WO etn 8 

Cones, truncated, maximum allowable working pressure on.................- 63 

Connections; flanged::s)4.5..sns cue :siere ee arat ee ee oe ee nae hee Oa enh 85 
Batety Walve wchs 228 Sie Mls ees PRU Ulli ie ieee Se SR a 75 
SLCREN AMER Fac i5 bo Ui fians deb ns'w dal oRpae Laere ia abe LO ERRURRUURUS a) GREER DORA I Re 77 
AECL: COLMAN cil bes) ab oe UR NRL, Mie 7 sh) eo a 81 

Contraction of steam mains, provision for....................+-e0ccesccece 79 

Convex and 'Goncave heads... 2) ioe ee ii bette» Se ee ee ee ee 51 

Corrugated furnaces. ........ pie ol awl S la eNe LN a aad Bee GLE en 67 

Covers;:manhole’and handhole.i./5. 525 aoe ashi coe hee oe eee ae 9 


325 
243-244 ‘ 
427 


413 
414 
415 
416 
19 
191 
417 
417 


257 


423-426 
422-427 
391-392 


246 
12 
372 
374 
372 
382 
245-247 
247 


95-110 


111-120 


77— 94 


201 
317 
406 
422-427 
391-392 
239-241 
258 
184-185 
327 


280 

2 
235-236 
234 


231 
346 
277-278 ; 
296 
320-321 
305 
195 
243 
5 


123 


PAGE 
CiciverdurmanteHtOlos MAtOLisle yn cease eee Gaye ou eg hk Meme crice yeti ay ct ues Pa MR 71 
rons Poxegm Materiales 5 Meer ete eS celery coe ak! AG eR NG as bg Mp pee 10 
Cross pipes connecting steam and water drums, material of. ................. 10 
Pr AT AOU IPAS SULYSis «ein aieie fis os ca a SRM bere leks MTSU oR lente od ON 62 
Gripnineperengoh of steel platel. oo (id sori: cle car Mus eee cre Dhaene big Akola Sale 10 
Crushing strength of steel plate, existing installations. ...................... 92 
Mrrananseatrenetn, Appued tO. JONES cease oe ett ley whe eer hehe Pea e aes Oe oe ale a 97 
SUMMER etRTACGS LO De BtRVOC so.) Shoes ahs heo.k oie shaeccloten de bears uke ewet 62 
D 
Damper regulator, connected to steam space........... ec cece cece eee eteee 89 
Damper regulator, connected to water column................00cce cece eeeee 77 
Damper regulator, connected to water column, existing installations. ......... 94 
PHF ORAAUDTACES © O tricn st clin utd Site aoase ease are als Wie when Meane pene e eee 58 
EVIL CSB RTD ere tes oie ra a ee eee er ere altered ba MeN tee Sarat ate ica aks ur ate a oe alae 59 
HEMeOles ISH OM rie sues. ie krone tie Utes bedeiate wiakd ts oe Gee mgd es 49 
Dial of steam gage....... ah AAA Ah i Pius Naat ee eta a AVN NRE AM MONAD a RO iP RR aN Sas Mea 78 
Diameter of fusible metal in fusible plug..............00 0. eed bce eens 115 
inmerer ot river Holes Old DOUErS Lacan athe soso Ug ee tae eimai oe Ulrs 93 
Direct spring-loaded, safety valve, construction of...............00....22.04. 73 
Pie cMaree GADACIuOL SalOly; VALVES ie oes ae sie a ciens ob acco aid Lisle otedelera soe saves ne 73-74 
DWisararce pipe trom satety Valvess os cle/sihecs cis Sleds rene eee oe ews bobvene ue cher Wem euendee 75 
HRS OO ACER mMve Fan oes PueP NUnit ini ctmabonacly igeevaal sated. ch case tad sUaierane. atitereeecs 51 
ee eee OOLDCY PACIUS OL 0 a) 4s) die slage «oko aiid «nhs = eb sls wie Sresess cies aed aut etd 9s 51 
Disbed heads, with manmole Opening ss. ssc sa cisls © sjvre ne Hepes secs ee ee ba bla SL 
Domes Ree Meee ee a Run Ot Ne ne aoa 6 ate Nose oMerc val atmre ae and eck eue aoatenelty 50 
Weor, access and fring, Miniminin s176 OF bo ts i ak ee ees cule Pe emcee 82 
Door, access and firing, minimum size of, heating boilers.................-.. 89 
ere CEM Tits RU AGOPIAL OL 0 Gal ani yif's oe ois) ® 50's p00 o's 6 Hs sly ele ales ane tak aleie 10 
Door latches........ Te EEE ede fate uis edicts sss ce shee ae Daas sly deine eee 82 
even MTeeeP LA LES irosea ny tear arctan seer aicteic fo ake ol cpahedane ola. g wcelleldrabane Glsbey 0 saps See os ete 52 
IDDWNEdEAt LIOOUeRSY SALGlyAVALVES TOF sii. {+ seiita ass 6) sis a cileiem as sabe meine © ei ote 88 
ITA SanOMMS TOM VEL CoM tM Tatras olay aia cic tevaia ive lave sarah stacaiana) a alawerelae S's ae Oleber a 78-79 
TLOMBSTOD -VAIVES, Existing INSEAM ATIONSN ete... cls siete distoitc saad wwe ele es 95 
MATES SUIG EMEA CET PTE ie ia Ras Orr atta etd eis ts ls! x aa eee gles eras width a taijale: oF 2's 79 
abet EPLVEAL DIOS Of ap FU eter ale Meakaheretece she ble tells on Uehara ta ese «Male abelareeaiaie 70 
eee MET BTCE DNC lesen We tecete ta) cas cs stele areherene Posie ieee 4) Sah AER el yale Mivinle's, Seltehde Big & oe 69 
Drum or shell, longitudinal joints of (See joints). ........... 6.2.6 c eee eee ee 47 
TD Wol ca tek TaN Gy ES a8 Ui OOS Rl TC eT aS) ALA YB eA aa A ER 9 
E 
Edge of plate to center of rivet...... Fi hk Se a i eae a ete ee 46 
Pate eOMmDISTCS TOM CALKING Sy ahle a cic ai sie caret § + 6's aoe epatanal Stole o's salle) seis aye lo, «boats 70 
Momeni Euler: oles’ tO DE'TEMOVEC oc aos oh dela a3 + sos ces Bh Sle sia sale cise: 69 
Himermncy of ligament, between tube holes! .0 0.6665 ce D2) uae oa sie wiles Se 48 
Obugament, between diagonal tube holes: . 2. 6... 66 se ee eee estes 49 
Cee CCIN OLE UG nde se) trois 5 tee lela aan eta’ aCsance easter tal retee BEL ent Pa, aN ca lalla opto teg 46 
DieriveLecsOINLsbO CalCUlate ren cides dies sos Sarah elas ciadlece woah meat euecdt’s = 97-105 
Elbow on escape pipe, from safety valve... ... 2.2.6. ences 75 
PT eAMNTA ATTN OLE, GIZE OMNES Sols 6 a roieye cso e he ae iece de a seg avecde hake Wels, meehavehad popes: 70 
PRAM UL TGs LODE ODEN BY gra o.s. of seers sa oie ot opt glevaele wis «ole lee fieieia Brae € 80 
Kinds of stay-bolts, to be riveted Over. ... 22.2. .00 eee eee eee ets ee aces 53 
BUTTS eLOWaLU DES sien aie ermeberer iter oie ovo. a eb nid aislin sn Sonelabssehe gallos whale) aipataite 56 
Gl caUbaswire-CUNe DWOLleTSm sikeeceetes eran cs BiG che Ce are Siete: oth @ Buen nN esata ciao tale 69 
of tubes, water-tube boilers, and superheaters..............2 0.000 eeeee 69 
Bomnluser, to support hr. bt. bollers..) 25/45 tas ase salad ee shetecaalviaie ane sala’ gins ace 81 
menos, ping, from safety Valve yo )s si. <wafs nc wale lis Sek ws de eye deta e ere as ere aewie aye 75 
Escape pipe, from safety valve, existing installations. ..........-..++.0ee0-+5 93 
Escape pipe, from safety valve, heating boilers. ... 2.2.6.2... see eee eee e eee 86 


Examples of checking safety valve capacities.............. ese cere cece eens 110 


221-222 
193 
297 
429 
388 
272 
270-274 
278-279 
195-198 
197 
195 
194. 
327-328 
370 

13 
328 
199 
359 
303-304 
400 
306 
253-254 
248-249 
187 

2-3 


183 
257 
249 
192 
193 
181 
410-417 
279 
258 
314 
200 
216 
250 
251-252 
324 
278-279 
394 
355 
423-426 


124. 


PAGE 
Existing installations’: fs. te oe oo aces oe whe chee ie eis ciclo aD ee 90-96 
Existing installations, steam heating boilers..................ccecccccccccce 92 
Expansion ofisteammaing, provisions f0r a0. = eevee. ae ee. eee eee 79 
Extra heavy fittings Om blow-O8f 37 -0's,0.9,0,5 + t/es we ateints eos aie a =| ote clei eee ent 80 
Extra thick tube, for fusible plug yo s0 25 sisi oie-o viz ies esl sive ey 9 ole clas etsy een oe 115 
F 
Factors of safety: 
for;domes whentsinglewiveteds i: chen cn cen ieee tee eee eee 50 
Sxistinge DOMSTS aor Se ee ss oe ees oa ase IE es OTC UnTe Leet Rn enna ae 91 
NeWalNstallationgs scccici oka eee fe Suerees rele rate eoeen oe calle Sen oor ae ETC eae ee ene 45 
second hand boilerss us cakes ae sree a ee eek Cn ee ee eee 91 
Bteel heating borers ec cieGh cae ese Ae aay reuse eer tes Teen aa en 84 
Héed pipe: ends to: be Opens oii peisrce ears one susie ah SEA Resin Oe nea 80 
Feed pipe, fittings and valveson...... vn a eR EAU Gh ANS mapa LS 5 80 
Feed. piping, power boilersox.nasy oes © ee oe eee mais tee Ce eee 80-81 
piping existing installations se ern ee see ee eee ieee ee 95 
water CisGbaree. i nua | Mee eek eee eee A loteae nae eta ge ee 80 
water discharce-Glear Of JOINts: alse Silene ce ek ee eee ee eee 80 
Water rerulators CONREChION LO. 4 2 aise ieee ener eane ei eee 77 
water supply apparatus.) Miser! i. alors eye ie ietecy ee eee ce Rtaeg ee Se gis Rare eee 81 
Hire-box steel. for shells, drums inci tut retest ice ee eae ee 9 
box steel, specifications £Or7 Wy. cape cee eee cs clot eee 13-14 
brick casings for, blow-off pipes ermine ae oe hae oh ee ene ae ee 80 
tube boiler manholeinias ois ses eae Oe Fal ise Ween oe Se ee 72 
tube) boiler, thickness /otitubes.of mat re ee ee eee 12 
Firing dOGrs ee es wane ee ae aS a MICA Neogene Ret nn, a ae 82 
Fittings and appliances, existing installations. .........................---: 94-96 
Hittings and appliances, heating boilersta. emcee sec erent oe ae eee 89 
Fittings and appliances; power boilers.) 2.2 2 hn ee eee es eee 78-81 
Flange fittings) tables of S1ZeS OL. oc Gon eee a eee res ee an ee 112-113 
Of Manhole. openiNes > 2s sie sie ienste ce pi alle, See ee eee ee 57 
steel; for-heating boilers: som sc. os a eee se I ee eee 84 
steel; forshells? drums ie Abit. 5 oa ORR es cece eee eee eee 9 
steel specifications fOr si. Wek ere sued cos ten eee: oc rete TEL a mEeRERI a a) so) ee eee 13-17 
Hanged connections, heating spoilers). 4 cents ete oie are eles aie ene een ee 85 
Flanged construction for water leg and door framerings...................-- 10 
Hlanges, castaron, ¢hickness Ofci.s...c 0s. see eeene ob kiss Reece & ene 78 
Flanges, reinforcing, thickness and material Of....cccccccccccccss ss ceteccees 72 
laring oftube endstae ue eic ce ee aia ib oe Cees Cue cet Cee nee 69 
Flat surfaces, to be stayed....,..20se+seres ESTER RCE Tihs cia ene Bia, SA chi 2 52 
Flat surfaces, to be stayed between tubes and between tubes and ghell.....:.. 56 
Blues, circular, pressure allowed OD ao. vere © ale cllereeistere niet ace nck 66 
BOX EULMACES i) ceed a i Ss hl Ck NA PI eta. eae ee ee ae 67-68 
Fuels; heats‘of combustion ors 2 2 ae. 5 chs oP eee eile ec tee nee 111 
Furnace sheets, stamps to be visible on................-...- MR ts 3 5 is 3 82 
Furnaces: 
AGAMBOW TYPE hil vis ao ele cate eee a Ba alles NTRS SE tue [it ciha Crs TOM dct aa ie oe oenenne Rua 67 
BROWS ce oe einen ee etre tie ate at ate ed See Pam Tay: A. LEN ee a Ea 67 
Grr Gular AiUesie 2s, 6 ecards eet ds devo scus, Palle Ae fc UR Oiee cld aS eee ne a enero 66 
OTT UALS oa se ih hate Neat cue eee ae eel a ALG ete Ts eee CESS PEED TAL tet een Se Dee ne 67 
FOX ee i Se Sa bee Mea fe corti en Oe ae ced Sak, oe 67 
internal cylindrical, staying Olsen. unseen eel ce ee ct een 55 
heeds suspension bulb. kaise iG ee eh ce oe ees sian eee Cn rene 67 
IMALEP UAL OL iN eile, Fete Obs 8b HRP ITT Ore ctne an Oree ne ee 9 
IVE OT ISON ji scate fetes 38 siete l ach oashel's ft RUST GL a fo ea eeeee  elcig lt cyte ate cs ean ee 67 
Dain’ Cire lar NAc, eles cele aay Cake SPR Ie ee Renee NOI etc aa he OV Neo 65-66 
Purves cei, ee Pe oe oie eo a bee Rae te ee neta ie cc nieces ula oer 67 
thickness of Corrugatedorribbed aise ancien temicr 7 le lee miniesaenee neti 68 
Ver tics: DoOikers (24.8 cay sockets ware ee ee es erates eae TEES Oe ee cat Cane era 65 
Frysible plugger hain ow ccc eee slatainl 4d a cteee Mase Mbcee Rew hue eel ee ial netven a Geie Mica eae nea eee 115 


Fusible plugs; location Of, s,s sis4064 qeniiares 6 nibh Fa os sls Sb eiele Aah eis AEM ‘ 115 


194 
379 
180 
381 
340 
314 
317 
314-318 
406 
315 
316 
295 
318 
2 
23-39 
312 
264 
22 
327-328 
395-407 
364-368. 
299-322 


218 
337 
3 
23-39 
346 
13 
299 
268 
251 
199 
216 
241 
243-244 
427 
331 


242 
243 
241 
243 
243 
212 
243 

2 
243 
239-240 
243 
244 
237-238 
428-430 
430 


G om PAGB PAR, 
fe prk UALCUIR TS Vedat 5 8) OO eae ea ee Sig pee) Sree EP eR RE SP Oe 88 362 
BOcKawexisting instal lationsyk eweiscy jodie a ioeedeie a wader oe ete 94 396 
ROcksaien ting DOMES + 4 RCE eile Sucks eae alco, Ha Ree bie etn ue ates 89 367 
SOUT WET OM GTS aay etek ceRen Van oes rails) sisies< slow cvoge Lelede nee Radeon hc on chase Sueno eee ie 77 =—.294 
MAESCUOMS, COUN COTLOM POLS. hati varteats eaciv ye oan TR ee eit Pade eae ae 78 298 
steam and connections, existing installations. ................... 000000. 94 398 
Steam and, connections; heating boilers’ o\...j.cc00. a.) eats as ete Saeiae Wales 88 361 
Stenlm avid COnnectloOns;. POWer DGllers > , Al isns wishes eis wclo sabloisie sc a cette 77 296 
PEER TUN ECLA TO LM heen ey SPAN TS ar ao se oc NST oy eb sia ee UAT ee OL IAN Oey Ses ok 78 297 
WHO sass PEXIStiN® INStallations so.sye.sc wlodoctys doled speycdaves sue a.svefeiirenc stereo le Vistas 94 395-396 
LET a Soe NOR LITO: DOMELS hte .leioetavciai ais oaks ea atrenteoy aot ye ooeaie ee ee 89 366 
EAL ON MAAS SHO WEL DOLLIES. «.}oithd dover tac ue ei coe Nee obo issn cc ees Ree 77 =291-295 
easincd DolersvEately. Valves LOD... iii 6 Lniy Ge Rita ae, 88 360 
KANC OMSL AV SeANC CrO WIL DATS. so. i ee Gaede Gite aU Pee BL BEL Sees hg alee eA 62 230 
Gilobesvalyesmnot: to:be used, on, blow-off 3. 6% bs eas yey ee ty ae bo siGe ese shane eae 79 ~=6308 
Rem OLT TOPCO as aie a leste ces eee aa sda sg sean Ses Sy ale Cale ee be 80 6314 
Gratesurtace, table-of, 1orisatety. Valves... co. ss fee. oe cir od) severe eles a ds weerslolt late 87 358 
Gravgironicastines, SpeciucatiOns fOr: = sik in ccjon ee ck aye tics oslo. vices Shans oe ehteore 28-31 95--110 
Gillsse rE BUAV ATES CTESSESIETIN ciuehiss cic cry a Sine ae Siete EDLs Maes sl duaieaee oka ie aides 58-61 221-224 
H 
Be ariciiitie Hauer ae TAA Cera) tes 5 oo, ok os ae aw Aba eG a RO un Fancy oa eR OKs 9 i) 
ae eee a Were Pt Lena Gis Aes ele toate hte Nha 5S hie est ha dnd auata Dare orn 72 264 
MERRILL EVDO OHERUe yr eeiedt 2 6 Lacs Aven och Sauda we baa ae eoe’e 72 = =265 
Me MeKtica Mur Creno ine. DOMES syle. fo oul eco ote Meg Lake Lue (2 26K 
imevonticalmaireitibe Doiersn. sso eee wn oe gs Sa oe e wees can led iane boas 72 266 
EISaers castro, jexistinm installations... <4 0% n/a ruts ssh se ee c's Pee cla Same 92 382 
PS PIE TIRING WALOL LETS areas terd ster yates re) cvaleta a Aye arkhat eps Shape atare edt Seder: rhe 69 245 
MsirPOne DT esatre AlOWEG Ol oo soos ich Ss des sy sk Se ones fuldw oe basing oe 69 245-247 
BieeeeOrerUAtTS. TUAteTIC OF. okt ks aby ols pa Rhee eae pase wats 10 9 
Headseangles fon staying upper segments. 4.05. ili sissicAwes Sele e sts see babes . 61-62 225-229 
POT eee CSCO OG SEA MOG. al tamil ge cats © adie «bk a snaie Gis wacsidie se aa lets 56 213-214 
yh alee 
area ol segments to.pe stayed, tablefer) (50. eed ie aoc bs oe pda pines 107 420 
GV EXP MOREOM CAVE ete 6 cet RPRTUS eer fells oy... x a 'eraaniel bean Revecgrl ws afore wa ahee 51 195-198 
BPEMIGMCSLOMLATCAatlOr De SLAYVCO eat orem ni 24's Sadie oye oes oe aelsiwe Sake 56 213-214 
/ SYK RAE 
stamps to be visible...... Nene PLES. | cae ape tied Ee Stents ee 82 331 
BERET CTE OT eMC ie PER Cte os, «cars test SEA Woe vs. PRA oh wate CWciuma aver ee 538 201 
llesy nla ges OLer arin aay eee ere oc casks Teh a oear es. «.s shcb sen SMe hi we las bogus dacalas adore, weld 84-90 335-377 
HMeatie DOlersnexistin ge IneballatlONSeci. wea «<4 so ace wcities Qa oe atetrale sete 92 383-384 
Heating boilers, to which the rules of power boilers shall apply........ Jus eivee 84 335 
Hert omcombustionor various fuels.» ai.cceisis: oc sw Setaeks oe dene oben cas Tile 42a 
WAAC REO TATA CURSEN See Oe arnt hese cet Re ice eels ‘su acala el oranetal aceite as tae 70 86254 
FMEA CL OWES GAYS ene ca tees eA IRIEae ei cso eo ERS e ale oka hues ghotees tee 55 210 
REV AeHAOUUT EAT DOLECES Ue Ae meisiy f+ is © slblelergte oe sop tele wala sos Ge 85 345 
FOL AW US-OUL MO OWL DOLLS i ieesie aie cyte. fe « cdc aecdle arr eracgrtis Pal < hale ase 72 265-267 
Horizontal return tubular boilers: 
PORATION TOb ewe Lely CISCHAT LCi ek) osc enon foie craig wa bare a eels Mint cera orth os ak ace 80 315 
honpitucdinal joints, to ba.above fire line. oo. o/s jes har Se mks vie ele Gave nec 47 189 
manhole below tubes...... DE trl eee Le nr ee Rae ane PL 42) 264 
LARIAT LET COL | OLIUMIIMY cn tins cei dk bale on D able te Seae ele wil ceidiete Cie 47 190 
AMG h HOUEO TATE DOOLUIR ot. ree eat ares cle a Mn ic, oe NR ath og eae ol wera 81 323-324 
SAVIN CGHeAUSOLAOOVITIFON leds Wer Aeene else sac Ake eels MU eee de aw ie selon 61 225 
WHLCTACO IMO CONE CCIONS Snel ieee | is s/steeha's jduisl giant aieneies ce ata anes 81 320 
ALCL UO Or seerrann Mau mic re ict hael eee eae ota ociieid c USTe eo) sue, Seema otenetoneuse o clucrite 84-90 335-377 
Hydrostatic pressure test 
RAAT OI, HEA CL anti aWartsa shen to eae Re Ta coals el ot, chee Oe eee cee hae Pes aes at ra 69 247 
rere LUE OTL OTA wane wR SRE tela aes ihe ahaa coh coe Potato dds shantoietiva otatenone: sree cee 89-90 372-374 
EDO ors mene tL oS EEA er ee ee SEA Me ORR. AS Soar castek eo cate ES ae Cl 96 408-409 
PMV CTALIUOL SME Ac) rot enter taa., hers Cover soettt ck Laccettoe Goethe ane si) &origalh Sua © Meee eis © 82 329-330 


GHAneGLONaOr Castaron DOller Ms, | atinractilew eon wteiae ce Maa are wilt cic eledti ens 89 


372 


[ PAGER 
Inspection at shop, heating boilers. ; 2.02 <:5,->'s +> eae +s cirls » > + + = > + ee Cee 90 
Inspection ot steam: boilers, fee ve ce eek eae lon ns le ee ehe eee win « 0)'s) oe RN ae 4 
Ingpection by insurance Gompany (2.4.05 sos cee estes oe bs coo be EE 5 
Inspector's test gage connection , i 2 i... os ssa cele aes sins Soe si so eee 78 
Inspirator or injector, used to feed boiler. ...............-.cecececccncccecs 81 
Insulating material, not to cover boiler stampS............-.0-.eeeeceeseees 83 
internal pipe; in steam space. ..u <a!) ose oo see eee ee ac detainee 97 
Iron, cast (See cast iron) 
for-stay bolts, specifications fOr... 3's) 2k sae ke see ee «tebe ine eee Rede ee 36-38 
rivets, Specifications LOF .. 2.0.4 sre win eles leit ote mic gerie eels ele ke spe eas eae eee eee 33-36 
rivets; shearing strength: Olyiie:cciciciee sede teroled ew ater lellelte aise tee Cowen tenn 10 
WHOUPHE, BLAVS ANG Stay DOLE sicuce jennie cs sll elntelielielc htsnee tein cieye Rte = eee 9 
wrought, stays and stay bolts, specifications. .................0..eeeeee 36-38 
wrought, tensile strength, existing installations...................2ee00: 92 
wrought, water leg and doer frame rings............-.2.0sceceeccecvees 10 
J 
JOINtHeDACKS DULG dee eesile srcemte ren sei lee aie ope ciclo telieve enege olen ai ee eae eae loten Renn set ee Seen 46 
Joints, butt and double strap, double riveted, example of................... 99 
butt and double strap, triple riveted, example of......................- 100 
butt and double strap, quadruple riveted, example of...................- 101 
butt and double strap, quintuple riveted, example of.................... 103 
butt and double strap, required on shell or drum over 36 in. diameter..... 47 
Cal kin piOhs, diye ie eye ie Wiens leiele vial chal ele cekeraice toe fe naioiietts Ole ua pe ropane seus Need stew eee 70 
Gincumferential ss esicts sesdejehetace vob ere. 0h tetehe aie er os betel ohet erenerwiohehehe niece ahs ks et means 46-47 
ORCOMesh AE ye ei care lee tate ayerat rrcdo ess ioreueualets ni Shere iaehe Ria est aheats 1 che ee Tea 51 
efficiency of..... i ic mtalisntel es ist lole/ a: ivle\ale Geib ialedelals cots esi gieis lacatawasate ls at's yaaa een 46 
efficiency of, detailed methods of calculation. .... als) gtags aiaile ULES yc aero 97 
Existing boilers: (4 ol eietetets are eteleate aucie eel ete tarereeene eto aie Oe 91 
heating Doilerss sy sic leleciedorsreice e wsepalede Geek eiclle atic el obslemeaneme ben Mstats Patec ieee aw ween 85 
lap, double riveted, longitudinal or circumferential, example of........... 98 
lap crack...... NT phs Gatadlalie iahioh seo! aire ellatheS eae batches, GRMe eres ottgite te teareneteae RSI.) atten aaa 92 
lap riveted, allowed on shall or drum not over 36 in. diameter............ 47 
lén riveted, allowed onsdomes i6/-)) crete anh hole See crete eee eine 50 
lap single riveted, longitudinal or circumferential, example of............ : 98 
Pongitardinmel 2) 366) 5,26. iy ci 8 UGA teckel che ioivel a plereterle le o' 6 25 a aeke anon ee eee ee 48 
longitudinal lap joints on heating boilers...............0.c0cceecccceeee 85 
longitudinal, location,of rivet holes on), - weaves «soe eee eee ee 46 
longitudinal of furnace v.t. boiler to be staybolted...................--- 65 
longitudinal of h.r.t. boiler to be above the fire line.................- 47 
longitudinal of h.r.t. boiler to be above the fire line, heating boilers. .....- 89 
longitudinal, maximum dength:of. 45: poe yee ie oe 2 he eats eee 47 
longitudinal, maximum length of, heating boilers....................00- 85 
POWer DOllersys Loew Wiel crete whelel ate lal croc ol CRP eee ita Akers Tale suaiie oe ek Auer 46-48 
PLOLSCELON /O Lee: scot el ahis a Waele oh in ela ool o olecevainucaste tine lal ‘wis wl Cinta otal One Nocera 85 
WOLKE cine Fale e sis scGre's Skil bela eo wel core NTel natn ate sails o'e'a) oethat Gee) eee ee 47 
L 
Ramphrey.crontsy val ves OM pervs ici eiece sah one tite iene ee en ahaetros ete, ues et nea 81 
Lamphrey fronts, valves on, existing installations.............. DS lest debe 96 
Bia JOUNt Cra chet e spans vine ta elicit we cteas Shanes tee eke AIS A Rae ean eee Gas eo Ain ee ne 92 
Lap joints: 
length of thea ting boilerste: cea cuestacins Ce Rien a RE bs On cect ee 85 
length ot, power boilers! on, Sop acer nore theeket ie heck > On ena ann eee 47 
longitudinal or circumferential, single riveted..................cc0e-eeee 98 
longitudinal or circumferential, double riveted.................-2eceeeee 98 
LONPILUGINA COMES Maen st shail aaa 3 te ee gon aya, a 50 
longitueinal hotrwater oOllers.i.c.. een Ree ee ee Co! oes = 85 
longitudinal (ap cracks :j0 wi bes ws yee cle as oA ea Biers ee ee Me ae ee r 92 
longitudinal steam heatine boilers: ssn eck oe ee Oe eee ES 
Lap weided tubes, specifications for 2.0 ii. sca ee wor eles s wat bee ES 45 


LStGhes; WOOT ih ks ven Kosten ute ia wae siete laaea alee eyes ON stan vncn i (eyOie aban BRECK ere . 82 


PAR, 
375 


298 
318 
334 
290 


139-150 

121-138 
16 
7 

139-150 
385 
13 


181-191 
344 
186 


127 


PAGD 
Laying out shell plates, furnace sheets and heads................0.0ceeeeee. 82 
GoM ERD GMelOMt Onl ut UITTA GOR Neils ro.« a5a/d:. a ee ainiedloreseee on ck owed ett Gnten 67 
Wenethnak stays Det Wicel SUPP OLGs a. is aiid 4. carseat so 6 6 eb oc ckeete ee oer 58 
Ligament between tube holes, efficiency of.............. 0. .c cece ce cdeeceee 48-49 
ORE CrE CONS ta y= DOLbI st creissag £5" sco mela Me ae ee Soh oot 6 bo Ae ae 58 
IN, Fh. 8.MSEIRLAEAIY fi. che des oo Ss oo ale dt al ete hit Pi ee ee 83 
ICLOTINGS. SMak eUAeIe GUA eric oneesh ic ole oS Mate LT Bok es Soy fete 50 
SH SETIO CM AUS | Sai aes © Ae ce na RR erat i hn ME alt Sat 115 
Locomotive type boiler, water leg and door frame rings...................... 10 
MMMM IEOMIUG HC hirer Sis a 054s e Chie sae hd le er ORC Oe Pee oe aes 47-48 
Bocaire ne DOLMersn saad c sled tbs siclcs Sollee ee ee AO) ARPS Seat 85 
REE AMC LSM RNG 5. sastin ola vie gk oo an Cuma in ok whe oe ae nee ae 85 
MN OA Sate So pcg 6 eo ale ks eS Ae eee tao cme eh eee, eee 92 
TL SEE Sek Se RRS a SoBe Re eran wine One me a ety OA ten ad 1 ae v7 50 
of h.r.t. boilers to be above fire line, heating boilers..................... 89 
of h.r.t. boilers to be above fire line, power boilers. ..................4.. 47 
Peeper roMsteRIn Oiler 2 i. 59S daw laine cue oes Shoes FORMER Ie Beck We 84-90 
RL CEOM ECOL DLA LE Mie 5 3) So ie aa or hh wr ores weds Saba cs oo ets, See ee 9 
eRe ECSU OD LIE Eta OU ELS ey talaieaerA ae uke alert we coos fl saan Loe ek ees wee 81-82 
M 
MISMBUEHITIRIIOE FSLOP. VaAlVGvOM. arac acs sacutdiee cin c uinsee s alde «lear eh cinta a eee. 78-79 
Mallesile/castings, specificationsfor. ..6%.s4.6.s.605ecscrteccelacweeecct oe. 31-32 
ER Tee Rx bas Mee MT cs Peder apse Pea cece Aeyfe 3) Sa) cchlapssa lacdgarlaue ge ea APGTGR oe deca erie 70-72 
LO OME DEAT Eta DOLLeT ac riat tiki we wien @ oy siding Ee oa SE ree ee ae, 
belomehupes: ther t sOOUer, SLAVS OF f.6.6 cos, «. Ha pre cua a laneuctsi meinen eee 57 
CuONT ESBS, TERED Sy ETL aes CEN R etic cs Sie cae nan, gine SS Ne et le (as 
BUMe US MVNCTIS IND. LOTGEEEIE er faerie ais own ecaoda Sub he Maaiasa gabe ORO A ie Oe 9 
MMBU IT) RPT SCIBELG UC) steeds ee Perey. saat eee) traf aaiesloc =e 1es Vols oy ck caches Sool ed Go eee 51 
BATU MMT ANTE SA Cr eve ve Men ets sth) Oe Secret sci oy «ashi ovatiattel a ised ai ove (ates arose boa e 70 
Aaa OMI CT) OE EL INO PM MEME iets &o08 cin te Meat ia ie) ,00\ oahioueialgie sit) aig acouctn Paint Sere 70 
gaskets, bearing surface of............. (h Regr erat ieee imeem Men Ren Ss 72 
imany fire tube boiler, over 40 in. diameter. .. 25.066. .c cnc ascoenescanes : 72 
PECL EMEC ACL eR Ceres EE ee i, alg 5.) > cians wae Rel eae ak SES NS Ea oe es 
Oped celal Miata BIZES Ole otis «ck aitce sos - sas areher die aya ad vena Gow eae. 70 
IR RE SER GANS Ta Cy IE A wove vx dik -wins oop ee Siatndw cde Ved Dee Heise 71 
MOUMEOE CONNEC MI AGL Ol aust rec onesie evs) 0 «as 8 acai Aa ve an Sita wee cies ae 70 
reitorcement, on boiler 48 in. diameter cr OVeEr.. ...csesesccceccrcvcvese 70 
Manufacture (See specifications) 
Manufacturer’s name, heating boilers...............-.ccccsecececeuncecees 90 
red TMG AUTEST SRA GUT tee Mee ee Secs gan MALE R RS cs. gs 25/30 se fdlsawen SAO rans a Ard cs a vhs reba « 82 
MEamiActaber s Stamp NOb, LO DE COVELEG 0. ..2 «.. sc... aces cps mois sii op wee snes csfatie 83 
‘COMER TRIDLIES (GEV HTC TIN a Ra ee Mm See ee a EGE: ee Sereag 9 oe 9-10 
Materiais«selection of, for heating boilers. ..... 56.0 sis ee bowie es va ane a 6 eos e 84. 
Maximum allowable working pressure: 
Pe ROLSTICE A CAN CO SULIACER shots Matin fe cad sud ocs oy ce acvan kar sacl stores Grebe ananstene 52 
RSD) oc 8c SP AMR a ans cs ss Li Gla Wretae ays fhe 4a SUN ede Lees 90-92 
EMR REM 08 60s. 5 et B NT. 5 + sede n't. S Suara Shag, Wyalnbane a e.apanele eek tne e 84 
Eee ce). chek, AG at oo = yi 8. gies hadi Sal wl hoes olahabrelh wey Oe 45 
SMe aT RRDEA CCS LATS TH JOEY OF Lieeen cor cere io seins eiros lo ieeres eece vo tees, evens ica Toriataayn s sore arava earra ie aay obs Sg soos 81-82 
eMPRRCMIRLTTCT ACs go erreur fe cy oor hah ao Nine Sula Sm Fueeaba nar wile SRT Sua ls eRe iGo 67-68 
Mud drums, maximum allowable working pressure........... 00 c ee eee eens 92 
Pare P ATA COLIA Ot tet on ok en liee ices 6 ar scit SREY om SH a bis as Wale Sudden, 8S eater aie 10 
MAST GL VALVES. 5 2 sir ier gin <<. ed-os'e tar din Pains oboe baldbdwins SURO sue meee 75 
N 
"ware. manuiacturers, on heating boilerays 3.05020 ei cee oes eee HR 90 
Gneretiriy StOp) Valves: UL OMA TICS om si tenes wie won et haate so ate wletalole cla tle gre sla ehallele 78 


DUCE CEMIMALOTIAL Of shih Dae ee eis Ne SLOANE Sse hehe ated eats ambled 10 


PAR, 


331 
243 
220 
192-193 
220 
333 
194 
430 
13 
187-191 
341 
343 
384 
194 
371 
189 
335-377 
5 
323-325 


301-304 
111-120 
258-264 
264 
218 
262 
5 
198 
260 
261 
263 
264 
264 
258 
262 
259 
260 


377 

332 

334 
1-13 

335-337 


199 
378-384 
338-340 
179-180 
323-325 
243-244 

382 

10 
279 


377 
303 
12 


PAGH 
Nogzleswand pfittinge ne os-. ques sf oteainiety wien tare oda te pta @ohar nate eho eyciel < goc een 78 
Number of Page COCKS hi «jes tates bi aia Gitte X oe Saas easels widen. sis th ate ieee 77 
Naumberar serial cuk.ct 2s cece aacieuste peta s Bae Re He eth i A MM Ng te ose 82 
O 
OG fanced Gonstruckon..: cso atine sete s owes Fics sisters acs de Saye seh ee 10 
Oikirediboilers. eatety valves tors ecu: os ss oa. de sen eee oe eee eee 88 
Openings, flanged connections, heating boilers.................. eee e eee eet 85 
© >enings, threaded. to be:remforced sods kis mings usin hee ote tiv vi> ge PERS 72 
Qutside’screw and yoke valves, on steam pipe... 2.6... 05. os oe eee owe sere 78 
Outside screw and yoke valves, on water column. ..........-.cceeeccesevers V7 
P 
Pins! jn, PrACESCGIAIMEtOR OF a koo.n eee barbadense Gieie a ease ee heow Ine eee Ce 59 
Pipes, bottom blow-off and fittings, existing installations. ................00. 95 
bottom blow-ot and fittings, heating pollerss metas oe nae eee 89 
bottom blow-off and: Attings, POWER DOWers «ae lis-iie scicrs cncsienuciew teense 79 
LECH ANG AEN OSE roe elo tee war tec He ce atbeké ares cheese dcr wae Ie eee 80 
rbaysiferhashc\ OPEC way h Bano. sid HODGE Ib oh Nay eM ee ee, es RIES ce NS V7 
MAM SCEAM, VALVES ON acne ce ree ena iets eis tetra eek ent on een ee aes 78 
or nipple, number of threadsinto fittings.) a6. oa cose te cee ee eee 78 
or nipple, number of threads into fitting, table, ..0:. 0.50... s..¢ fede eee 72 
Surtace DIOW=Of ANG LttIMeS sca es ee ue ee ae ete re ee oe 79 
threads, mintMuUM) NUMOeT OL oh sk. fe eit eieisic ese isiots io eee nies ee eT ee 72 
Waber COLUMN, ANG -fEUIES 0s san wise ene ieee ee are eos he eae ee 81 
Piping, SCO pes ie berks segee. Sncecy srose ako tole athe oe cele te, < aul emer St Nee Se ce 80-81 
Pitch of rivets........ Te eee AR SEARS Sate a Aas aah ee ad ae Soleo 46 
OL TEV EUR OLTs Biciare & one -eratonaele ocoveus tos beiahage oc anoiate obi cae SOR ene ee uetes ky Sm 97 
Of atay—-Dolta cie.. cctloe wed Ore cate N Lies SIRO serch oP ee ae, ae 
ofatay-bolta: tables. foes «stoi va ooh Oe ee a ee 53 
Ob stay tubes. .oosnc css Civacehe ode Deen Oa Nee ean eS ee 63 
Planing edges Of plates... bee ces oak oie ce ee ee en a eae 70 
Platéessteels specifications; £Or sons cc oy: ones ieee are nee ee erence ee 13-17 
Plates, thickness; in shell/or dome atter flanging.. =. +.) etn eee nae li 
minimunuthickness' Of.in a boller:.,...7c0 ue oe le eee ee eee 11 
minimum thickness of stayed flat surface... 57....2 5.0 0o. ne eee 52 
Plugs ptusible ox cts oh Go Cae wis ce eee eal sae ARON MOR eis) aoe en een 115 
POWEEDOLLGTS Sg 26. hice oh. et decaie ee ele eo hate a Le suk eS Ee gh ety a 9-83 
Power boiler requirements for certain heating boilers..................0..006 84 
Pressure, allowed on Cast Iron. boilers... 90 ee ce wien eee eee ee 84. 
allowed on shell or drum, formula for existing installations.............. $ 90 
allowed on shell or drum, formula for, power boilers....................- 45 
maximum allowable working, on flat surfaces, power boilers.............. 52 
maximum allowable working. old bollerssae sae 2. . ee eee oe eee 90-92 
maximum allowable working, old boilers steam heating.................. 92 
maximum allowable working, heating boilers.....:...........--cceeree A 84 
maximum allowable working, on shells, power boilers................... y 45 
parts Over 2 in., material ot. 6) sc 5.ce aden a ek ee eee s 10 
parts'of superheatera, material of .0 7555.54.08. cee ie ens ee eee g 10 
PFOtECTION OL FOMts ans Scie tohe oa ass eee Fie SE Eee. ee eee eee 85 
Pump, to buppiy feed water. gsi a4 ab ce Retin UR wets SR ee 81 


PF UPMes SUIMEOES 5 yc 5 hav Glas Gn Nie hot Ge eee terete nren eee ee 67 


08 ene le 


R 
Regulators, damper.'........... ROEM EN Tre any di LP RRR erat ons val chat tah RON eee 2% 89 
Reinforced threaded openings in sheil, heads of drums................ecceeee 72 
Relief valves for hot water boilers................. gr jx oN ce bas aera ee 86 
AVESETHOITS HOM BLERITNEINS * 6 wi. Sapte oe A ees Se ee ern oe 79 
Rings, waterlee and door trame,-materialofs. os. sare sve ei ae cence ee 10 
River holes; nish and removal of burrs occas os + we oo eee ee ee 70 
Irony Bpeoilicatsona tors) oi) Oe sete eine oo aed hale Ae ea oe Gee 33-36 
steel, Specifications for yiy% O845) V/s oe Wa ea ine ee ae ae ee ee 17-20 


a 


223 
401-405 
364 
308 
314-317 
290 
301 
300 
268 
307 
268 
320 
314-318 
182 


365 
268 
349-350 
305 
13 
253-254 
121-138 
40-62 


. 


Riveted joints (See joints) PAGE PAR. 
ERIE td meray eters cic! oo te eee Rie ees SSUES, CTIA G re sey Aria! ¢ Esa cis slate atone tie 70 253-256 
Rivets 
OMA Domo MnINe SCFEHELMN Oley oc cy oat tie ee ee cn isola eee oe ne 10 16 
allowable shearing strength of, existing installations..................... 92 386 
RISE MOUTHS, CLAINO CEP OL erSe © ein cicrs ante eho re ST oe oes 93 388 
POMORACOS ATO OL ie Werte ee rene ae ie ME eee ne centre Mat 59° 7/223 
mete ON LWes OL DLAC kets tesa nc sae een ret re ce eae awe e. SZ ea 
RESET ON MLUNMO GO tTaMes. trons ok a eo cae eae ee ee 70 ~=260 
ROH ERMOTMANC NEAUS TOR mente. eer. ieee cent eT ee re etd sara a On 250 
PELALC TAT CREUELY- CLIP Sts race ct a ONE ee OS Te a a ete “file 70 256 
PIE CELA OEE Cee On Ee uo SOT CE Un Se oT ee oe eR 10 8 
Mmormmraee. mil rivet holes: 1. pe eee et oe, Cade awake ee ihe sis) 
Rolling, ends of shell plates............... Rates ne So Be Cotes allan A te Sop. eae et 48 191 
Tes ey, UUs @ cepa lhe ie dd Romaine tin oe Cage Soa at oy sR tial vies a pt eee me Pitre hall 2 ae A fe 4-8 
S 
Safety, factor of 
ESTEE RIS CUE TD OLLCT Rita e ert hee tee ree ee ae erent s a BRKS) 
PoMosxisuinplan Jolt) Dollers.secers. somte teeta ore can Ooo e «ce aetna tr oie 91 380 
LUGEMOOWELIOOLLELE Meme. cr eset oe aN nt rye een ec eee eee enmer sd een ke 45 180 
Fats CeOMMeCATINODOLLELS earn acre einen Ramee oreerera + a eae Eee 84 340 
Safety valves : 
MInONa On Existing INStAllaAtiOnsuc. cmos Gece cece oe eee 93 393 
PlweacOwle AGUSTIMIEIIU, hic paar ae ce tien eo oatensor ee cee a ee Mee Coote at VAS UAE pprten 
CAORELEN Met OG-Ol CHECKING: saeinciicaicias on ae ecto cie oe omer ie Cee 109-111 422-4927 
BONNE MONS CXIStINGIDOLIOES sate ace aati fc as h e ote ee et the eos 93 394 
COMMECTIONS MERINO DWOLELS 2a cies acct see cb hea eset et uta as wean tee So oLy 
GUUMECHIUIS MPO W CEOOLCTS heen oeotae cts Grae on cre neers ns keane Chere ene 75 276-278 
75 280 
76-77 289-290 
CCUANG RU CELOM Ree oh Seen re meet ee chalice oats Mico ork wich o nahe cine sean ate ot eateneld 76 282-287 
EOHStLUCHION Heating DOMES ae cals. fcc Orde ah sdea lode esaa cam ee. 87 356-358 
GiacnaTee CapACiLYy, CxIstine DOUETSI Yc ince cess ios ccas dledeate cece aeae 93 891-392 
eCuArer CUpaeity, Power DOMETS. fo) ie bie hide eee ee tg wees aie as 73-74 270-274 
NOETT CASA TR DATS T da generale fo cleo Gane ee ae RR Ra CTC aR Sie PAUP ct 75 278 
Peeane pipe tor, exetne wistallationg; -f.52.00660 60652208 93 394 
Eerave pine 1Or, Neate Oller. | ceo. a LIS IER ee 86 355 
RE CLOMECRATCLOOUCT She SORTS Ene eo oo cea eke bee el eS ey eo ee 88 359 
Gay CESS TEATS gS HAS AUER AGT TE Races ene Sick a ae ge RA 93 389-394 
for heating DOilers. i... sees ciss - LOSER ake Cramer lottare tekcoery ch ae ole: 85-88 347-360 
PONT Cem AveOCIMOUIET BTR tice sae cc irc as ook er arene ce detee en ae eto ei metas 88 360 
RELL ATLL Pere ee Re aes eee Gas owe eg oases Monge aha eels 109 421 
FORMMILAREOIn NOU eo OMETS.< tad ate tle testes sles ee creates stear ore ate ober ens otanates e».. 86-87 | 351-358 
Mmetiod OfoeoMmpurine ahd. checkimo yy yo... acs cae oe ces Siege abate ne sts 109-111 421-427 
method of computing and checking, existing installations................ 93 391-392 
“ya gilbllste avis, © Set SO RS BOS Soe nfs 1 Ra yaaa Rape ar area a ena ame ea Ears ete al? 75 279 
Puicmonvextcune installations tae ass sits tee sien cee ose ce eetrans 93 394 
MEN PTS ONO Aer eS ne Oa lal tek agrees toe bs Geena 73-77 269-290 
required on boiler:....0.......0..5. s tar pea ais er Spee alas ak RUM eo tavcg 73 269 
required on boiler, existing installations... 2.2.2). 00.1 ok eee tee 93 390 
Mere Ol Nemebip DOLECTS. 2... seo he hots ioe nade oe evinn sage ges aes ondeee 86 86348 
EEE OLR Te ETO ae ee hd ake Satuiane ane eee Sens aotlei’e jeter entete ete ee (Be A 
MEM AIO! HEATING MOMCTSI Eten ee oete ied ose iotee See sere hogs maton ss Bioeth narty Seo OG 
BOELING OL gat. etersts’e terete 3 Chol te olen fea air cere ct IrRianira ttt. t tabi rely 73-75 271-281 
BPtinw Ol. existing installadOnge id ccc T ic kltted Shs a caltawd: ence owe igs 93 390 
setting of, existing installations, heating boilers.............. 0.00 .eee eee 86 348 
BimeruMitan Heating DOUGSES sy spicata ie «ilu Ara vision tin aus Mbsiateuehetleeiehale sis ier SOm sol: 
RSET eo, OWED DOLMSIES Te ACMA ROC atte es etl caads Me ae eek (he MOE 
TLR ER OTE Se aN eae ats Sahat Aah etNatat rate tatc chtlohotal bina rcie Miata tel strokes anoheN tor 263 
Beem OTs HEATING DONEIGS INRA. tae aS Cah te tohetonta padatigitoys Sin sol 
EN ERE OLR HoT oh ta tee ata ake als tates lalattw'a tel Sete le hele FS Werle he beta torey Ss 76 288-289 


CADLCTOrS fom heating OUers pasts latetete feos Tes he lahat Te lela teeella Tobe tuts elles ote b Motte tells 87 ' 356 


130 


Safety valves — Continued PAGD 
carts OE oe I ae Bes EME eddie ta aoe tale Bou Ee ee ren eae oc oc) er 75 
testing of existing installationas:) 3..0)..% so use Se ak ee sad ou Salk Poe 93 

Saw-tooth type of butt and double strap joint..... 0.022... .. 1. cece taemar 105 

Screwed stays, supporting of........ pie earevee Mia sie AeOg eee SG. cena) oh ee 58 

Seamless tubes, specifications for..... aie abe o eheece BM eteE rere sca) oli eeee e 42-45 

Seats of safety valves........... wat Sie ailel a leserded oh ee noes oie os ee 73 

Second hand bowersi toca cones o-« POR Ror i hn TE ee Os ys 8 91 

Sections Of Cast Ons: tobe Fested gouic ociem elie sls se ieis seiecaihs sic)- s aeetane rs eens eee 89 

Sections 91 and 124, labor laws......... ja Rote aie goatee iets hs AI eee 3-4 

Segment, area to be stayed........... SNe nae ae nn ne er oy si yee cage fe le 56-57 
of Head to be Stayed.jcs scitea.asutie,«/oisuers\ia etehelo ses, a's ta she pe esayeneye least te mn Leesan 56 
method of determining net areas, water tube boilers..................... 56 

Segments; tableol.4% 5. 's's'x se sole ai aye owing ba apie Oe Gla alas = 9 one 107 

Selection of material............ RSE Pea ere rye eS. Sree a oe Bde Sos 9-10 

Serial Mule pen. ihe cose cts eieleusinere Re Es ry ae paoe e Ra ey wee WR Me cee ate C hi be al 82 

Setting of safety valves. (jc..: soso a ss 2's 8 Sem ee dee erro eae lu et ae ee 73 
of safety valves, existing installations... ...... .i'.uis. «4 «etn sd» le ee ee 93 
of safety valves, existing installations, heating boilers................... 86 

Setting, method of, wet bottom heating boilers.................... 20. e eeu 89 

Setting, method of, wet bottom power boilers......................-4. WF chore 82 

Settings, heating boilers. i:5,, soss.os ach Cen b eae Oe Lbs haute Gain iy renee 89 

Settings, power boilers.........-.+. & ete tials eres tat po Sha ty cneeen eme euea ace 81-82 

Shearing strength Of TIVEtS.oiin's.0 3 sect bis welpislale a 318 sie vine a ok pipe een um 10 

Shearing strength of rivets, existing installations.................0......0005 92 

Shellvor: drum, lonritudinal joints Of say o.com sie es snj ea eee a ae 47 
or drum, to determine allowable pressure on, new boilers................ 45 
or drum, to determine allowable pressure on, existing boilers............. 90 
plate, thickness Of 2. s)he. «x «a < shod «eo biesrastslaleanne eat enn Scare il 

Shut-off valves.on (waterscolummn pipes. «=. .csc4. ee cere eee eee eee V7 

Shop inspection of hea‘ing boilers....................-. Oe arte Thats ake ea 90 

Sizes of Hanged fittings, tables: cv .ic ts cuc-¢ic. 2 eps slate vace = es oleae eee ee 112-113 

STi SUAVE ailec ote ore ss oe Sasaeie peta te Bide te Gore fan Gales & ie Pee pet Sa co lee hee gt ano 65 

Specisieations for gray iron castings... .. oa. 2. as ns ow cee eee eee ee 28-31 
lap welded. and seamless boiler,tubes.:, 0.4). .....4 bss eee eee mate eee 42-45 
material, iheating boilers. come) sc <.2 sete muacees eae eee 84 
malleable, CASTINGS iii fis 4i sins digs aieusle reece erro aces, cele eee ee eee ee 31-32 
Miate steel ese Feo) s sucha Ws wb ec A olG 0. acco oles atts © a'= cinta eee ee er 13-17 
refined wrouchit ION, DATA cits Weaeiss = s\oks eel Uc eT aera cat te I 39 
PIV Ot ATOM wie Voss eve Sclsten & ble Re ais Bibs (eve sa RI os Fe Sea 33-36 
TIVetSEEC) ois. cereus teei cate eras Biotee bole eile whe Pilcimnstoies Sung eA eee ee ee 17-20 
Atay DOLE IGM; 2h cals dae Meats re 6 ale GE Scie SREP salt eco alse in. Bee 
StAYV DOLE GHEE. uF e .c.dca ce setter dae ole soe eee Pe TE t= absi 0 ce Pea ene ee 21 
SEECL Dare creas ood Sse ea eid uee x Ge gb ele se Doe IEA ice ercetee ae Oe ne 21-24 
steel ‘Gastinis: Gi's cies siete Bite he eer Ee ics, |: ee ee ee 24-28 

Stamping boilers A'S) MB. std ic ek. «cer ee iemmciicle«s Catan cen ae See 82 

Stamps; A. SLi std., location Of,.es Gata vets ee as oct ae 83 

Stamps, notto.be covered by insulation..’.< Suu, cise aa.» ao! oon me oe eee 83 

Stamps, to be visible on shell plates, furnaces, sheets and heads.............. 82 

Stay bolted surface, to compute allowable pressure on... ...........cece cence 52 

Stay bolts 
ndjacentto.edges of stay-Dolted surface. ..... 1. 6-e oc elas 54 
adjacent to 1urnace door or otheriopening= | Jee. ee. ee eee 55 
adjacent todurnace joint, y.t: boiler; 4. eemicem ecient a ee 65 
diameter.of; how measured «55. is a-< 4s we etlereeeye Rislane is se AG ee 55 
enGds Olin nce «ae er OO ee eres oa Sk ko 53 

55 
WOles LON. ae ie ese ceiehe ae taste v's’ ace ovale ys oem s SU Tae cee BOA ee a ae 55 
AxON  -SpOCincations FOF, . x.., «. 1s se ass mM oes bie Slee ice Gielen ies een eae 36-38 
IMAG ONION OL esi’ eis) aed 2a names BR ods kre Gy wn ale 8 cle pee eee ae 9 
maximum allowable stress ON... 7.5/0 \s\o\s sivic sw dls ale eupe'pe ke tick 58 
DIGI NOE spiciisiavs wise ops ieeMl 40%, ore ayatanehallchete. niapsiaitelaicehty syste. re ouke, asia Lis eeo ee es 52-54 
eteel, specifications for. o.oo. baw tah doc ewe oa Galea cake» beeen es 21 
tables:of sllowableilosd: om 5c cece ore acetates mene Ronn aes 106-107 


PAR, 
275 
391 
417 


219 


164-178 
272 
381 
372 


214-217 
213 
215 
420 
1- 13 
332 
271 
390 
348 
369 
326 
369-371 
323-328 
16 
386 
187-190 
180 
378 
17— 20 
293 
375 


235-236 
95-110 
164-178 
336 
111-120 
23- 39 
151-153 
121-138 
40-— 62 
139-150 
63 
64— 76 
77-— 94 
332 
333 
334 
331 
199 


205 

206 

238 

208 

200-202 

211 

210 

139-150 

a 4 

220 

199-204 
63 

418-419 


a 


ee 


A 


maximum allowable stresses for stays and stay-bolts.................06. 58 


PAGH PAR, 
Stayed and braced surfaces. .............0ceeeeees Bb ar sas! Usa RR er Ue 52-63 199-233 
RRO ES TIT TACOMA ys ct tet TAL Orel cheese Reid Wiece Sie, cee Cee Od hte ns 52 199 
eee NET MMINNICES iva: oo. Sir sah e Gao Ss 3\c 5" Sardine «, « obah gid A acc sok Go aie 59° 222 
Heataiermcepotler 36 in. on lessidiametersck wan. cede sone oae ae. fu ches 61-62 225-229 
SORTS UNSEYO Ea Po ef AMS ROI eth et eRe) cm le Ae Se A ar aa St, 9) 196 
UA TENBES Lis Cape aeREt OG EMIS IE seh ete ck Re DP nT mn a ca Sm DD Lie Paes 
Ree LIR OLED MEO THN C AC Omen oe Roth MMMM art Ines ae), GEE Ys Shea castane aie elo eed Saks ee Ssets 56. 2138 
segments of heads with manhole OPENING 5 Wee Cute wa kh ne a eS RY Ot) V2ks 
Seav-roasyengsmitveted over, to be Supported: .. oc ccs cies cee noes cnscenscdeks 568 219 
Bet Neil tt ox eNOS Tote f= a, Ah, tie sua earns Sle aad Ala Uieed o wietore Sic een Mee hee, 63 232-233 
Sie AmCLOM MMM AnAT INCL CITOELA 5 o..0 fake eis <li ae Sueltorlsoe/sieoe ab Sid dns clacMblna ceo head 62 230 
eroas sceuonalareain Caloula ting ss anda gic anit vlees 6 ele oléta eas aude dklaseatsos. Ef) PANS) 
Mingonal and gusset, Stresses IN... cee cece ee eee ede we ety eceebeteuees 58-59 221-222 
61 224. 
SE RACAET SLOW ROLE ALTCOM »’a/c'els ile’ « 0\Wisle xd 0 seis! we bin eee ae MEE oan ud 58 220 
slits .cs.0<% Baars etcists siece Rialeie eielalela%e er are STATS Ne en eee he Ta eR a 65 235-236 
RCM IE TULORV AIG LOA OFF 5. t'sre's sae 606. cal a,cvoih s)s.+ wine sls © ccadhauris tmihielhesa s 106-107 418-419 
eR TIT ERTS Olay Clic 9. 6) F oa) oa'sig a 6.6 bdit nfo i's: oxen «nie smasher ae Sol oa! 58 219 
upset for threading......... Se ERE See Ms Cor CORE Baas Wennt PEE aye) Ob ieaest Hi PB 
anccstayeDOlts, allowable, stress! ONes x's a. sc.6 © ces cece dome om Feein anes 58.) 220 
andinbaysbolts, table of allowable stressiom.s...2. 2... i.) <4 ae eee ee 106-107 418-419 
Steam gage and connections, existing installations....................0.000. 94 398 
KAroanerCOURCOLIONS; Nea tine DOMES... oa ccic sid c wleid coulda a conten uee ee OR CS LOGE 
gage and connections, power boilers.........! RR OES Pais Erte Se a pee 77-78 296-298 
Reagnewoollers existing installations... s<cc..0ca ded so sco Socks hee wen aeins 92 383-384 
STEVEN TAS! 4M aise PALO RAC ce Pea ory Case El RGM es Bera 79  §©305 
mains, reservoirs ON........ Bal SPN Gy at ahisrarerac a rar heh OTRO ie Fa Ome ine Ruan cee 7 305 
MEL CL OMe a ae Sree ol evaiaschays 6 Pin PEARS OORT a gprs ts Marre Sea rabane  e ay 2 EP (82 oO 
CDG LS Ee MLS ELI OH ITS E ALL AGIONS 5; oe eseie giv! auete,.0i ¢,octse sie orsueld ges tele aievake footers lees ake 95 399 
Steel bars, for boiler parts........ fetes Srerotateiscs te overs, Bea cE an Se Ge ae iat AY es 9 6 
BUCA e blo RSD CCHICA TEOMA LOLS oho bo ciatalew 6b oe 12 20diG) el alesd oye wi wojetace dale aetaie ate 24-28 77— G4 
UMMM CUETO CU OLNTOI ACE ciate ncts.cyeie eid one is oie «die Sia cla, B05 da gues oom aials 4S orev alees 10 185) 
for rivets, specifications for....... SCARE CS LEE eS Sy REET ERP Ae 17-20 40- 62 
POMS CA DOLLeN SHECIICATIONS TOL a) cis essa Gnicd cvs schsivie Saws obteueie Gu age wale 21 63 
RPE RAIOBCIE CO MITES eit ra egies ae ysis cache 8 se sines ole Drath ae A apie Bes 9 2 
plates: when firebox quality not specified. ... 6 66 cc ces ye dace ome wtes's 9 3 
Hisbesas earings Peele Li Olah ieee ele s.c 56 'e.4 "eis. Hare Gitar ails wi aierace Dis ela shalers 10 16 
Pape OLGA lee SIR ers eit oY Geo 8. 00's Fons Hoa a ip wate Sale clasalslelateiale 52-55 199-212 
Lonsile pEnleneenvOrpsexisting mMstallations. goo... cuss cele a ere wae wisi eg slo 92 385 
wrought or cast, for boiler and superheater parts. ..... 0.0... e ee cee eee 10 td 
MALS MCIMISIMN PERL PETG OL sieve ce elehcas ceeievege © sica 6 s\~ ce Wid cys busielerd wis eutls  slehe ve 10 15 
plate, heating boilers........... PRO oie on cutee en cesht eo nek ota ne eh are 84 335-340 
plate, specifications for....... He BSS St A ae ae ORE eC RE eR Car 13-17 23- 39 
plate, tensile strength of..... HEIR. CLC eS ay MMR ley eid FG 10 14 
Stop valves:(See valves) 
SUEMITIEGENOE CCLUE) WIGS, Seccd oa kee pede ce's so cd clas Hadba eoiae ee valelalg ete 105 e417 
Straps, butt, saw-tooth.......... EEL LCS ORES REACT OTe OAC ER eb 1O5e 40 
Superheater drains........... By ANP ae IL. Te AG) ks Oe 6 SE A eo 79 306 
; ee Atte ys 0s o <P S OE ee ke ek wR Mie Oa s AMOS eR Cee 76 288-289 
EIDE SPEVIN CLO LILY SOLES eestor) ahss ci ni eh ox ecanhav cuter} sus) cna\iansupravec tal ebay eessonsyarsceeaiie 44 oni etemae & 69 251-252 
Superheaters and mountings, material for... 2.6 eee cece Gala led oe wide whee 10 11-— 12 
SG SOE PMOL AOUS, Ol, LOL WOU CESi oi; os.epetbs cre) «/<v-ar akon sas 40 ccholextice aos cuabenemar Aue © eae ee. 81-82 323-326 
IPOOLULOL LAYS; CROS TIVELEH OVET sc cicce:e:ccs- 6:0: eveiorescusieunisie slsloleblsle ointely elajelere Sy0 58 . 219 
Cea EL Ore OA ete el cars rq et cara vem erar oven a oiins, sic) 0 os ou den dhens cayousn ue NTRRAIAG nd seekiesdteual 1 Ue 
Basmemiedeype Of setting bhr.t. Boers oo. 1.6.5 6 ee cescccersieiererepejeie entice one § Heine « Sinead: 
T 
ailecoraneles TODstayiIme Meads. ac fescdes «iss sicjelels olotslse ofslaialelaletetain sere tials 61 225 
eanutante for pitch Of stay tubes j.)hi)fa a wea ete eile letete elgts tae alse lojielel tee lo e's be C3235 
ea MALLU Sas CATAL Arlee. ptt ta elas tarasicts ata ef toieete lalol eso) a's ol che ste teye et cliste ecene s 112-113 
ian CH ATEG IM Cease KT LCA: Voyage im, tetas teint «tein at as ets peulcgeis ia rar's ake ebaimial Ye ya taun/alie eel lie 114 
Table of maximum allowable pitch of stay-bolts, ends riveted..............-. pa 204 


220 


132 


Table of minimum pipe threads for boiler connections..............-...+4-- 
net areas of segments..... EA NTS CePA SA RPS ie AINE POS Oe oor fa iu, 
round braces or stay rods sllowable-loads.. 2...) -5-c.25-.ss se oroee eee 
sizes of salety valves, heating boilers.y .... 254 6 queen psu ye 
81705 OF TV ets, EXISbINS DOMES 7.45 Bisset cumne oo nets Lei. os ee 
stay-bolts, allowable loads, 12 threads per inch......................+.- 
stay-bolts, allowable loads, 10 threads per inch.......................0-. 
THIGKNESSOL DIE MULApSii.,.< chadicts 6 elastic Shera REE ees. oe Ge asa eee 

Tensile strength of steel or wrought iron, existing installations................ 

‘Lengile strengen of.steel plate :..a5. cd es <i: a tess soles een ante eames ne 3 cee an 

‘Test, nydrostatic, of extstine installations sum... och cle in ele eae teen eee mene 
hydrostatic, of heating boilers s30- chee Ge wusdeiaess eno a Re ae 
hydrostatie;.or power boOllersics sees mac vessel ate 
of safety valve, existing installations 
ot satetyivalve, power boilers aur «accion oe ence en en ae 
OF SECA INT AT OAS cy. tee resaees nonce AS sees Or Tn te a aus TOM Ne Tee et Oe ae 
Pare: CONNECTION AOL. tao oe Ausra anasto meee es tebe oats nS ee ee 

‘Thermometers on Hotrwaterioollora sa) cree ee sae cies eee eee ee ee 

Thickness ot corruzated.or riobed furnace... 25) nec ae ee ee eee 
required 1or Doller plates sts. caste tae sew + corre cic peeieae te na ae 
Tequired: cor Dutt SLAVS 50 Ge oes ee vic reine ee 
required tor dome plates alter Hangping.<. 95... 5 ceca seek nen cian arte 
reauired for shell DlAtes ys sss eis elec he ere eso ele See ee ee eee 
required for tube sheets................ £3 UE elds a cia ee ee 
TOQUWITER LOT TUDES sins sco sche siete Sis Sieh leis eters sion PP Le ne STR 

Threaded openings............. See eae CW ek testicle Cn Mcaehere ae Ree ee ne nee 

Threads, piper Hippleinto fitting Pa oe aie eee ieee clo ent eee 

‘Phreads stable gc: scan cas is oe neca le eco ore SE anne ee ae 

Tin, for tusible plugsat geyca eae, oe oes he eee Ok ie eee tere eee ae 

Truncated cones, maximum allowable working pressure on................... 

Tubevends, fire tube boilers. cota ec ccc et on swede Se ee ee cee aa 
ends; water tube boilers and superheaters.. «. eee seen ee te ee ee 
for Fusible plug vos, clea «Ged ae ee ALS TE eT eae ee te eee eee 
heads, upper, staying segments of by steel angles...................-.-. 
heads. of water tube:botlersc.2 soc. senile on cre i tren ene eee 
holes AnNdvends ia eb ke ciepe die abe cee ee ne ID Te nae oe ete 
holes, diagonal,an shell orsdrum.s... ssc c eee sient nee eee 
holesinishellsor Grum: ccc esis. ae te eee iP Uae Re ee eee 
holes; sharp edges to be removed, .... sce ns a ine oe ee eee 
sheets of combustion chambers 
sheets,,dminimum thickness OfF ; scsi ets maneereine © cictensise aitaeeiete eRe iean ereeeie ene 

' sheets, space allowed unstayed between tubes and between tubes and shell. 

Tubes for fire-tube boilers, thicknesses of 
for water-tube- boilers, thicknesses Of. sa.) sms acres cee cee ee ee 
lapwelded and seamless, specifications for..............:000-+ eee eeecsee 
TEQUired EHIGKNESS .:5 Siete rs wie ie oie ew 6 e CET RIe eee ene eters ea 
BURY. . sheers OT OO ROR NEE TE 9 LNT oe CE OR ION OME Oia Od Os 9 


a) 00" 6, 6m ©) 0 tie oe) efece:s le» 0 0 0) elatece Mie w wlivis «5 in 8 wie 


be ol eee ew ene seve. @ Oe wie) 0b) eo ee wi elege [stele ite 


Valves automatic; on water Zacks. askin oc ce ee eee miedo wee Rae ie eee 
automatic non-return BtODien.) ees Ses = ce cela Se Lee eee 
extra heavy;.on: bottom ‘blow=Off iiss simi cose eotse eve ele Nene eee 
extra heavy, On, Main’steam pipe. 1.4.2, nbn Hee ek Com 2 Oe Dea ee ee 
giobe, not tobe 1sedioniblow-of- ©. sacs eee tee Ce ney ee eee 
globe,20n feed Pipe. ci oni a +.0 BW65 6's bm we tomar oye ss i 
on bottonr blow-off or (Oe Soe ik eee ee EE oe Palate see eee a en nee anete 
on bottom blow-ol, existing installations. . airiac .... 1 ea sien vie anes nen 
ONVEVEFYIBLEAIM OUTLEE? acne 2 sfcterens ere ie we aie alee hie ae nis oiete ane) Ae 
GNTEEE DINE sar doce gists ote. whee ia Race OS Ee dee hs ler ena ce aac ee ee ee 
omieed pipeyexisting Installations Mi. vauc5 semis cnc # ealntn et Ares eee ae 


PAR. 


268 
420 
419 
358 
388 
418 
418 

19 
385 

14 
408-409 
372-375 
329-330 
391 


429 
225-229 
215 
248-252 
193 
192 


21 
164-178 
21- 22 
232-233 


292 
303 
311 
302 
308 
314 
308-311 


" 401-408 


301 
317 
406 


PAGH 
aL CEmonMaATnonre vst TOUts nee ee, ced cS Race oe a Mi eaten dhe 81 
on Lamphrey fronts, existing installations. ...............0..-ccesereee 96 
outside screw and yoke type, on steam pipes.............0.seece sete eee 78 
outside screw and yoke type, on water column.................... era rite 
safety (See safety valves) 
Ta. a ae SAR a ee Eesti <5. = ARISEN Oh Ae OPS Reels Ee ae 78-79 
BUG PAraIns TOD. 360k Gre aco ose PPS it eR EER LR RAE ter ina seaman uty ORS 78-79 
Bare xis big TIS CAL ULTONIS!: wa alse aes, alec citcere oh aT nies i ect eey ete Sia oe en ae 95 
stop, existing installations, drains aie Polini ge chal er Sp tN 6° Hele JPA ak wie a a RS rte ti 95 
RUPRSOMAMMMIOLS, SUTIACER OF 5c dai c cle fan ces sdhuwale boa ba Pow «ite die Ga ees 65 
Premera RiOl® 11 <4, sca tiy a ooh oho SS ee ee AT Sha Ta alae “i 72 
fire-tube boiler, waterleg and door Frage PINS ee eee RR Oa ea oe 10 
WwW 
Demme meiOlLee DOL water DOUGTS.\; ¢ ses ols a'sls Ash ak sev ad whee anya ele Sen 85 
WESC ERA CLES DO WELD DOLLEL Stes, css anal ole cucust thts Unie 4 Siero d ctu susaeele sar deroalete stee “(Re 
Water column and connections, existing installations..............0000e0eee- 94 
; column andsconnections, heating boilers. . 4.02)... seus rcckdenes eeesaes 89 
column and Gonnhections; power’ boilers... ... sk... sen ees dedieenenees 77 
column and connections, power boilers. ......4.6008 6. gees cee cea nebes 81 
glass and gage cocks, location of, power boilers..............0 cece eeeeee Wil 
PlasswAucOMmatic, valves not Allowed sek fne.wic. og e See eel eloe eels 77 
PigeBesTERISuiNnginstallatiONsi sve) sks eceeleha sy eras cit wtnialk& distin larsie Wonetsl abe taim 94 
PASS IIRL ITI MOLL CTS sect ete ays oes ake aac Pwcles celle oat Gas ia ea eraata nent ot ab tapodels 89 
PENOIAV ALVES Or MO’ Water DOlORSreis.c cco srs ae uct there ove oes safari o aiecnra ena. amma 86 
Re COUC PeTIN OLA TOLIAl Ole yesh ie the ciereneren oa soe ay syascalenee sms ormeen ate ielega ce scayeilartes 10 
Water tube boilers 
PAM UOTELOLNO ACL OER LOLS Mig. Mi tans eee er eeie hoe, Ree. oe CSS crane the 69 
PTR REETEMO LE GUTS CDG Sag oeretators here) evi Gai ee nse ea etc co tie hee eed ie eke FN Gone eel es 69 
PVN eseCS Os LUDES Olid et. .< slows etme ere sleieie lish lave, SVecti'ee's Caalor's wfeis er sb gare As Yon 12 
SR AOE ASL PLeOl DATES C8 oot ico Sle <p eeh nw Go 80 oaks yi np oie ties ode 10 
ot CUM OLN RSM tes renee ee OR RIE NN alts eee ah onisd: aod) Mgneyhsie wel Gun Saal o, aes 47 
earn hah Ree: cr RRO ae OE Rss gh, hw, Says, Dla ale S Bob Gulls cdverablarehchare tages aig 55 
Wet bottom boilers, height from floor line... .. cc. eee nee e ones 82 
Wet bottom boilers, height from floor line, heating boilers,.............+.-4. 89 
Working pressure, maximum allowable 
PmReMENS EMER IIORE oes fos ¢ ale 8 wcnim ewe och 6 vw ve em 28 ok Behe ner a eae 90-92 
RSS ER ICI L CLS MUTE Lec 2 a)'5 al eile eos ches airs NMC eee os Saat sie ioilo for 8. a WEs oan ols ep Fie: gpa seas 45 
MMI G LL WALET. DOLLOLS aici acy b aiole civ rereue ov o_« viel ets] b, suslcehaveicl-ove lauellens! austen evel 84 


Wrought iron (See iron) 
Wrought steel (See steel) 


PAR, 


319 
407 
301 
293 


301-304 


303-304 
399 
400 
237-238 
264 

13 


345 

265-267 

397 

368 

295 

320-322 

291-292 

292 

395 

366 

349-350 
13 


246 
251 
21 
9 
186 
209 
326 
369 


378-384 
179-180 
338-340 


